Home

Transition from MELSEC-AnS/QnAS (Small

1. For wiring to the connector terminal block converter module refer to the following manual MELSEC L High speed Counter Module User s Manual SH 080912 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 2 A1SD61 6 2 1 Performance specifications comparison 1 Comparison between A1SD61 and LD62 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible ti Item A1SD61 LD62 ley Precautions for replacement 32 points 16 points N f l t I O assignment special 32 points 1 assignment intelligent 16 points Number of channels 1 channel 2 channels 109 TUR Set the counting speed of the Counting speed switch setting 50K 10K 100Kto 10Kto 10KPPS KH 200KPPS 100KPPS or less 9 1 input 2 phase input Count input 5VDC signal Sgrell level 12VDC 2 to 5mA o l2 24VDC 50 5 10KPPS 200KPPS 100KPPS 10KPPS Counting speed input m maximum 2 ph 50KPPS 7KPPS 200KPPS 100KPPS 10KPPS Counting range 32 bit signed binary 2147483648 to 2147483647 O Type UP DOWN preset counter ring counter function Minimum count pulse width duty ratio 50
2. L60AD2DA2 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 2 channels module 10 to 10VDC Input resistance value 1MQ O 0 to 20mADC Input resistance value 2509 A 16 bit signed binary 16384 to 16383 When the scaling function is used 32768 to 32767 A Analog input range Digital output value Resolution 0 to 10V 0 to 16000 625uV 0 to 5V 416uV 0 to 12000 1 to 5V 333uV 10 to 10V 16000 to 16000 625uV Voltage em Since the resolution differs 3000 to 13500 333uV between AnS series and L series Extended mode modules it needs to be matched User range settings 12000 to 12000 321uV using sequence program user voltage range settings or the scaling 0 to 20mA 0 to 12000 1666nA function Refer to Appendix 3 4 to 20mA 1333nA 4 to 20mA Current S irn 3000 to 13500 1333nA Extended mode User range settings 42000 to 12000 1287nA current Ambient temperature Analog input range 25 5 C 0 to 55 C 0 to 10V Within 0 2 Within 0 3 10 to 10V 32 digit 48 digit Voltage 2 1 to 5V Extended mode Within 40 2 Within 0 3 0 to 20mA 24 digit 36 digit 4 to 20mA 4 to 20mA Extended mode The conversion speed of L60AD2DAQ is faster than A1S63ADA Therefore noise which were not imported to 80ps ch A1S63ADA can be imported as analog signals In this case use
3. A1S Add Address dnos Read write decimal Read write decimal 0 L 0 32 L Present value Preset value R W 1 H 1 33 H 2 L 2 34 L Counter function selection count value Present value R 3 H 9 35 H 4 Pulse input mode setting 4 36 M L Coincidence output point No 1 1 4 5 Counter function selection setting 5 37 H RW 6 L 6 38 M L Preset value setting Coincidence output point No 2 7 H 39 R W 8 L 8 40 Overflow detection R Ring counter value setting 9 H 9 41 Counter function selection RW 10 Sampling periodic time setting 10 42 Sampling periodic time setting 11 Write data error code 11 43 Sampling periodic counter flag 12 12 44 L Latch count value 3 CH1 limit switch output data setting 13 45 H 28 14 46 L Sampling count value 29 15 47 H R 2 limit switch output data setting 16 48 um L Periodic pulse count previous value 45 17 49 H 46 18 50 1 L PM Periodic pulse count present value _ CH3 limit switch output data setting 19 51 H 62 20 52 L Ring counter lower limit 63 21 53 H RUE R W CH4 limit switch output data setting 22 54 L Ring counter upper limit 79 23 55 H R W 80 24 56 CH5 limit switch output data setting System area Use prohibited 96 31 63 97 CH6 limit switch output data setting 113 1
4. LO2SCPU LO2CPU Comat A1SD61 LO6CPU Precautions for replacement L26CPU L26CPU BT 32 points be Number of ied I O points 0 point 1 pentane I O assignment special 32 points ponis A Number of channels 2 channels C Set th t di Counter speed switch setting 50KPPS 10KPPS 200K 100K 50K 10KPPS parameter Phase 1 phase input 2 phase input 5VDC input signal 12VDC 2 to 5mA 24VDC 1 ph 200K 100K 50K phase BOKPPS 10KPPS 1 phase input Counting speed input 10KPPS maximum 2 phase 200K 100K 50K input 50KPPS 7KPPS 2 phase input 40KPPS Counting range 32 bit signed binary 2147483648 to 2147483647 UP DOWN preset counter ring counter function Minimum count pulse width duty ratio 50 20 Minimum 1 phase 5us count pulse 2 10us 5 5 width 10 10 Unit us 1 and 2 phase input o Set input rise time to 5 or less C i E pics 32 bit signed binary o 8 Magnitude Be eel tact Dog ON address lt Count 2 between CPU a con He ea lt Coun E module and A we Set value lt count value A1SD61 ie Set value 7 count value 2 LCPU built in Set value gt count value b contact Dog OFF address Count I O function value x Dog ON address Preset 5 12 24 VDC 2 to 5mA Since the external input Fun
5. Watchdog timer error flag Module READY flag N A 1 Temperature control v1 1 Setting operation mode v4 Setting operation mode module READY flag status instruction X2 Write error flag Y2 X2 Error occurrence flag Y2 Error reset instruction X3 Hardware error flag X3 Hardware error flag N A CH1 Auto tuning X4 CH1 Auto tuning status Y4 X4 CH1 Auto tuning status Y4 instruction 2 CH2 Auto tuning X5 CH2 Auto tuning status Y5 X5 CH2 Auto tuning status NM instruction CH3 Auto tuning X6 Y6 X6 CH3 Auto tuning status Y6 instruction Use prohibited Auto tuning XT Y7 CH4 Auto tuning status Y7 n instruction E2PROM write Y8 Backup of the set value Y8 el valle backup completion flag m completion flag instruction Use prohibited Default value write Default value write Default setting X9 Y9 X9 Y9 complete flag completion flag registration instruction XA E2PROM write v Backup of the set value a incomplete flag fail flag M Setting change Setting change XB Use prohibited YB XB completion flag instruction CH1 Alert occurrence CH1 Alert occurrence CH1 PID control forced XC YC XC YC flag flag stop instruction CH2 Alert occurrence CH2 Alert occurrence CH2 PID control forced XD YD XD YD flag flag stop instruction CH3 Alert occurrence CH3 PID control forced XE YE XE YE flag s
6. AD Available the pulse output switching only command signal differs only 7 Via a CPU module L fonnscuon compatible serial The connection type with Direct connection CPU module i Ana Oo E communication module or L differs peripherals Peripheral compatible network module for data AD75TU cannot be setting AD75TU Connectable Not connectable Not connectable x used Use GX Works2 GX The software that can GX Confi tor AP GX Works2 GX Works2 Configurator p nd ub ons be used differs 1 With the ATSD75PLI S3 No 1 to 100 data axis of positioning data can be set using the buffer memory No 1 to 600 data axis can be set with the LD75P4 D4 The positioning data in the buffer memory areas are not backed up 2 This range indicates the standard mode stepping motor mode for the ATSD75PLI S3 3 The near pass function is enabled only during the continuous path control A1TSD75PLI S3 Selected with parameters LD75P4 D4 Standard function The LD75P4 D4 does not support the address pass mode When passing the positioning address is required connect the LD75P4 D4 with continuous running However it will stop once 4 This is the internal current consumption when the A1SD75P3 S3 is connected to a differential driver 4 POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT 7 2 2 Functional comparison 1 Functions deleted from the A1SD75P1 S3 P2 S3 P3 S3 When the following functions are used w
7. Manual A1S63ADA L60AD2DA2 Device Signal name Signal name Device Signal name Device Signal name No i No 9 WDT error YO Module READY YO x1 Conversion READY Y1 x1 Y1 Use prohibited 2 Error detection Y2 2 Y2 T upper limit Y3 PO is enable CH3 output limit i CH4 Out ble x4 output lower limi x4 YA utput enable value hold disable flag loop control in Y5 X5 Y5 Use prohibited execution Set value change X6 Y6 X6 Y6 Set value change request completed flag Use prohibited Ext xternal power supply Po X7 Y7 X7 Y7 U hibited READY flag Pepe m Warni tput cl 8 Y8 Use prohibited X8 Warning output signal Y8 request x9 x9 Operating condition Y9 Operation condition setting completed flag setting request Offset gai tti d XA Offset gain selection YA XA P SEMINI MOES YA User range write request XB YB XB Channel Change YB Channel change request completed flag Input signal detecti xc YC xc NPursignaterroreetection yc Use prohibited signal Maximum value minimum Maximum value minimum XD YD XD YD value reset completed flag value reset request A D i XE YE XE dd YE Use prohibited completion flag XF YF XF Error flag YF Error clear request x10 Y10 CH3 D A conversion value output enable xu vt Simple loop control execution enable X12 Y12 Error reset x13 v13 CH3 upper lower limits cancel X14 Use prohibited Y14 X15 Y15 T
8. SVDC 0 85A Voltage External power mm Nu SU consumption Inrush current Weight 0 22kg 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible L60DA4 Compatibility Precautions for replacement Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler Between output channels Not insulated Between external power supply and analog output Transformer Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VACrms for 1 minute Between external power supply and analog output 500VACrms for 1 minute Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10 or higher 16 points The number of occupied I O points I O assignment intelligent 16 points is changed to 16 points 18 point terminal block x 0 3 to 0 75mm x FG terminal R1 25 3 1 25 YS3 RAV1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Wiring change is required Terminals other than FG R1 25 3 x Solderless terminals with an insulation sleeve cannot be used 0 16A 24VDC 20 15 Ripple spike 500mV or lower 0 18A x External power supply is required 4 3A 1000us or less 0 20kg 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 3 2 Functional comparison Description O Available Not available D A conversion enable disable function Sets whether to enable or disable D A conversion for each channe
9. Between input channels Transformer Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute Between input channels 500VAC for 1 minute Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 20MQ or more Between input channels 500VDC 20MQ or more U R D Co LTD CTL 12 S36 8 CTL 12 S36 10 CTL 12 S56 10 CTL 6 P H Full scale x 1 0 3 to 255 4 Calculate the accuracy in the following method Accuracy Indication accuracy Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy Example Accuracy at the input range of 38 the operating ambient temperature of 35 C and the temperature process value PV of 300 C 400 0 200 0 Full scale x x0 007 0 796 1 0 C Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy 5 2 C 5 18 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE Specifications A1S64TCRT S1 A1S64TCRTBW S1 Number of occupied I O points 32 points I O assignment special 32 points Connection terminal 20 point terminal block Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 1 25 YS3 RAV1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Internal current consumption 0 33A 0 42A Weight 0 27kg 0 30kg External dimensions 34 5 W x 130 H x 93 6 D mm 1 List of usable platinum resistance thermometer temperature measurement range and resolution Platinu
10. decimal decimal 0 Analog output enable disable channel D A conversion enable disable setting 1 CH1 digital value R W 1 CH1 Digital value 2 CH2 digital value 2 CH2 Digital value R W 3 3 CH3 Digital value 4 4 CH4 Digital value 5 5n 5 System area Use prohibited EM 6 to System area Use prohibited 7 8 1 Set value check code 9 Resolution of digital value CH2 Set value check code R 10 CH1 set value check code R W CH3 Set value check code 11 CH2 set value check code CH4 Set value check code 12 13 System area Use prohibited 14 System area Use prohibited 15 Latest error code R 16 Setting range 17 System area Use prohibited 22 Offset gain setting mode Offset specification 23 Offset gain setting mode R W Gain specification 24 Offset gain adjustment value specification 25 System area Use prohibited 26 HOLD CLEAR function setting R 27 to System area Use prohibited 46 47 Warning output setting R W 48 Warning output flag R 49 to System area Use prohibited 52 53 Scaling enable disable setting R W 54 CH1 Scaling lower limit value R W 55 CH1 Scaling upper limit value R W 56 CH2 Scaling lower limit value R W 57 CH2 Scaling upper limit value R W 58 CH3 Scaling lower limit value R W 59 CH3 Scaling upper limit value R W 60 CH4 Scaling lower limit value R W 61 CH4 Scaling upper limit value R W 62 to System area Use prohibited 85 86 CH1 Warning output upper limit value R
11. 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Memo 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 2 A1S62DA 3 2 1 Performance specifications comparison Item Digital input A1S62DA 1 4000 setting voltage 4000 to 4000 current 0 to 4000 1 8000 setting voltage 8000 to 8000 current 0 to 8000 1 12000 setting voltage 12000 to 12000 current 0 to 12000 Analog output Voltage 10 to 0 to 10VDC External load resistance value 2KQ to 1MQ Current 0 to 20mADC External load resistance value 0 to 6000 characteristics Maximum resolution Resolution Voltage output Current output 1 4000 1 8000 1 12000 value value 4000 8000 12000 10V 20 are 2000 4000 6000 5V 12mA pees 0 0 0 0 4 2000 4000 6000 5 4000 8000 12000 10V i 1 The offset value is set to OV and the gain value is set to 10V factory default setting 2 The offset value is set to 4mA and the gain value is set to 20mA 1 4000 2 5mV 10V 1 8000 1 25mV 10V 1 12000 0 83mV 10V 20mA 2 5uA 20mA 1 7 20mA Overall accuracy Accuracy for the maximum analog output value 1 voltage 100mV current 200 Maximum conversion speed Within 25ms 2 channels same for 1 channel Absolute maximum output Voltage 12V Current 28mA Number of analog output points 2 channels module Number of offset gain settings Output sh
12. RAHAST Writing CH3 Digital value v CH3 Digital input value Analog voltage current output 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 2 A1S63ADA 4 2 1 Performance specifications comparison Item A1S63ADA Number of analog input points 2 channels module Voltage 10 to 0 to 10VDC Input resistance value 1MQ Analog input Current 20 to 0 to 20mADC Input resistance value 250Q 16 bit signed binary 1 4000 setting 4096 to 4095 1 8000 setting 8192 to 8191 1 12000 setting 12288 to 12287 Digital output Digital output value Analog input when gain 5V 20mA offset 0V OmA 1 4000 1 8000 1 12000 10V 4000 8000 12000 5V 2000 4000 6000 20mA uH 0 0 0 I O characteristics characteristics 4mA 5V 4000 6000 12 2090 10V 4000 8000 12000 Voltage input 2 5mV 1 25mV 0 83mV Resolution Current input 10pA 5yA Resolution 1 Overall accuracy Accuracy for the maximum digital output value 1 4000 setting 40 1 8000 setting 80 1 12000 setting 120 1 4000 setting 1ms channel Maximum conversion speed 1 8000 setting 2ms channel 1 12000 setting 3ms channel Voltage 15V Absolute maximum input solute maximum Current 28mA 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible
13. 5 oO o 2 200KPPS Ju 8 CEPR Unit us Minimum phase difference in 2 2 phase input 1 25us 7 o Counter E Lo E Iu E 100KPPS o Unit us Minimum phase difference in 2 phase input 2 54s 20 Set the counting speed of the GOES A LD62 to 100K 10 Unit us 1 and 2 phase input 1 A program used before replacement can be utilized by setting the start I O signal numbers of the modules connected to the right of the LD62 so that they can be the same as that of the module before replacement Set the start number at Start XY of the I O assignment tab The number of occupied points of the LD62 cannot be changed 2 The rise fall time of a pulse affects the counting speed Countable counting speeds are as follows Counting a pulse greater than t 50us may result in a miscount For the LD62 6 5 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT Common to 1 phase input and 2 phase Rise fall time input ne t 1 25us or less 200KPPS 100KPPS 10KPPS t 2 5us or less 100KPPS 100KPPS 10KPPS t 25us or less 10KPPS 10KPPS 4 l t 500 5 e 500KPPS t t 6 6 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT A1SD61 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compati Precautions for replacement Counter speed switch setting 50K 10K 200K 100K 10K bility Minimum count pulse width dut
14. Alert occurrence CH4 PID control forced 3 flag flag stop instruction X10 Y10 Setting operation mode X11 Y11 command X12 Y12 reset command X13 Y13 Use prohibited CH1 Auto tuning X14 Y14 command CH2 Auto tuning X15 Y15 command USe prohibited ESI CH Auto tuning command CH4 Auto tuning X17 Y17 command 2 X18 Y18 E PROM backup command Default setting X19 Y19 registration command CH1 Forced PID control X1A Y1A stop command 5 39 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE A1S64TCTT BW S1 A1S64TCRT BW S1 Device Signal name Signal name No CH2 Forced PID control X1B Y1B stop command CH3 PID control forced X1C Y1C i d op comma Use prohibited E CH4 Forced PID control X1D Y1D stop command X1E Use prohibited X1F DES 1 Depending the control mode of the L series module some of the input output signals listed in the above table become use prohibited signals For details refer to the MELSEC L Temperature Control Module User s Manual 5 40 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 4 4 A1S62TCTT BW S2 A1S62TCRT BW S2 and L series modules CTT4 L60TCRT4 T4BW L60TCRTABW A1S62TCTT BW S2 A1S62TCRT BW S2 Signal name Signal name Signal name Signal name
15. Wave output current address monitor R 3138 CH4 Wave output current address monitor L 3139 CH4 Wave output current address monitor H 3140 to System area Use prohibited 3149 3150 CH3 Wave output current digital value monitor R 3151 CH4 Wave output current digital value monitor 3152 to System area Use prohibited 3159 3160 CH3 Wave output digital value outside the range Address monitor L 3161 CH3 Wave output digital value outside the range Address monitor H R 3162 CH4 Wave output digital value outside the range Address monitor L 3163 CH4 Wave output digital value outside the range Address monitor H 3164 to System area Use prohibited 3175 3176 CH3 Wave output warning Address monitor L 3177 CH3 Wave output warning Address monitor H R 3178 CH4 Wave output warning Address monitor L 3179 CH4 Wave output warning Address monitor H 3180 to System area Use prohibited 4699 4700 CH1 A D conversion status 4701 CH2 A D conversion status 4702 to System area Use prohibited 4709 4710 CH1 Analog input monitor 4711 CH1 Analog input monitor unit 4712 CH2 Analog input monitor 4713 2 Analog input monitor unit 4714 to System area Use prohibited 4749 4750 CH3 D A conversion status 4751 D A conversion status n 4752 to System area Use prohibited 4759 4760 CH3 Analog output command value 4761 CH3 Analog output command value unit 4762 CH4 Analog output command value 4763 CH4 Anal
16. 23 Offset gain setting mode Gain specification R W 24 Averaging process setting x System area Use prohibited 27 Input signal error detection setting R W o System area Use prohibited 30 CH1 Maximum value 31 CH1 Minimum value 32 CH2 Maximum value P 33 CH2 Minimum value 34 35 36 37 System area Use prohibited 38 to 48 49 Input signal error detection flag R 50 to System area Use prohibited 52 53 conversion scaling enable disable setting R W 54 CH1 scaling value R 55 CH2 scaling value 4 29 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT a Read write 56 to System area Use prohibited 61 62 CH1 A D conversion scaling lower limit value 63 CH1 A D conversion scaling upper limit value RW 64 CH2 A D conversion scaling lower limit value 65 CH2 A D conversion scaling upper limit value 66 to System area Use prohibited 141 142 1 Input signal error detection setting value RW 143 CH2 Input signal error detection setting value 144 to System area Use prohibited 157 158 Mode switching setting R W 159 160 to System area Use prohibited 199 200 Pass data classification setting R W 201 System area Use prohibited 202 CH1 Industrial shipment settings offset value 203 CH1 Industrial shipment settings gain value 204 CH2 Industrial shipment settings offset value 205 CH2 Industrial shipmen
17. 32 points I O assignment special 32 points Connection terminal 20 point terminal block Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 1 25 YS3 RAV1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Internal current consumption 0 33A 0 19A 2 0 39A 0 25A 2 Weight 0 26kg 0 28kg External dimensions 2 34 5 W x 130 H x 93 6 D mm A current value when the temperature conversion function is not used in an unused channel under heating cooling control 1 List of thermocouple type temperature measurement range and resolution Thermocouple type Temperature Temperature Resolution Resolution measurement range measurement range R 0 to 1700 1 0 to 3000 1 0 to 500 0 to 1000 0 to 800 1 1 0 to 2400 0 to 1300 K 200 0 to 400 0 0 0 to 400 0 0 1 0 0 to 1000 0 0 1 0 0 to 500 0 0 0 to 800 0 0 to 500 0 to 1000 0 to 800 1 0 to 1600 1 J 0 to 1200 0 to 2100 0 0 to 400 0 0 0 to 500 0 0 1 0 0 to 1000 0 0 1 0 0 to 800 0 200 to 400 200 to 200 0 to 700 4 T 0 to 200 300 to 400 0 to 400 200 0 to 400 0 0 1 0 0 to 700 0 0 1 0 0 to 400 0 To the next page 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specifications L60TCTT4 L60TCTT4BW Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Transformer Compatibility Precautions for replacement Between input
18. No No X20 Y20 X21 Y21 X22 Y22 X23 Y23 X24 Y24 X25 Y25 _ CH5 Digital output value X26 Y26 X27 Y27 X28 Y28 X29 Y29 X2A Y2A X2B Y2B X2C Y2C X2D Y2D Use prohibited X2E Y2E X2F Y2F TE Use prohibited X30 Y30 X31 1 X32 Y32 X33 Y33 X34 Y34 X35 Y35 CH6 Digital output value 4 X36 Y36 X37 Y37 X38 Y38 X39 Y39 X3A Y3A X3B Y3B X3C Y3C X3D T Y3D Use prohibited 4 28 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 3 4 Buffer memory address comparison A1S66ADA uses I O signals to exchange data with the CPU module L60AD2DA2 uses the buffer memory to exchange data with the CPU module The sequence program to exchange data needs to be modified For details of the buffer memory areas and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Analog I O Module User s Manual L60AD2DA2 Address decimal Name Read write 0 A D conversion enable disable setting CH1 Time Average Count Average Moving Average R W 2 CH2 Time Average Count Average Moving Average 3 4 5 6 System area Use prohibited 7 8 9 10 conversion completed flag 11 CH1 Digital output value R 12 CH2 Digital output value 8 14 15 16 System area Use prohibited 17 18 19 Latest Error code 20 Setting range R 21 Function selection monitor 22 Offset gain setting mode Offset specification
19. 22 Offset gain setting mode Offset specification 23 Offset gain setting mode Gain specification R W 24 Offset gain adjustment value specification 25 System area Use prohibited 26 HOLD CLEAR function setting R 27 to System area Use prohibited 46 47 Warning output setting R W 48 Warning output flag R 49 to System area Use prohibited 52 53 Scaling enable disable setting R W 54 CH1 Scaling lower limit value R W 55 CH1 Scaling upper limit value R W 56 CH2 Scaling lower limit value R W 57 CH2 Scaling upper limit value R W 58 CH3 Scaling lower limit value R W 59 CH3 Scaling upper limit value R W 60 CH4 Scaling lower limit value R W 61 CH4 Scaling upper limit value R W 62 to System area Use prohibited 85 86 CH1 Warning output upper limit value R W 87 CH1 Warning output lower limit value R W 88 CH2 Warning output upper limit value R W 89 CH2 Warning output lower limit value R W 3 25 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Address decimal Name Read write 90 CH3 Warning output upper limit value R W 91 CH3 Warning output lower limit value R W 92 CH4 Warning output upper limit value R W 93 CH4 Warning output lower limit value R W 94 to System area Use prohibited 157 158 R W Mode switching setting RN 160 to System area Use prohibited 99 200 Pass data classification setting R W 201 System area Use prohibited 202 CH1 I
20. Ripple spike 500mVp p or lower An external power supply 24VDC 0 18A x is required 4 3A 1000us or less x 0 20kg 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 2 2 Functional comparison Description O Available Not available A1S62DA L60DA4 Precautions for replacement With the L60DA4 disabling the D A D A conversion enable disable funcion Sets whether to enable or disable D A conversion for each channel conversion for unused channel reduces the conversion cycles Sets whether to output the D A conversion value or the offset value D A output enable disable each channel function The conversion speed is constant regardless of the output enable o disable status Range switching function Sets the output range to be used Offset gain setting function Corrects errors in analog output values O The A1S62DA is set the status for all channels at once using the HLD CLR terminal on the front of th Analog output HOLD Sets the status of analog output values HOLD or CLEAR according uS LL CLEAR function to the CPU module operating status RUN STOP or stop error With the L60DA4 the status can be set for each channel on the Switch Setting window of GX Developer Outputs the converted analog values when Output enable disable flag is forcibly turned on while the CPU module is in the STOP status
21. Sequence programs need to be changed because the I O signal assignment differs For details of the I O signals and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual L60DA4 Signal name WDT error flag A1S68DAV detection D A conversion READY Error flag Use prohibited Device No YO Y1 Y2 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 YD Y10 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 Y19 Y1A Y1B Y1C Y1D Y1F Signal name Use prohibited D A conversion output enable flag Error reset flag Use prohibited Device No x1 X2 X3 4 X5 X6 XT X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF Signal name Module READY Use prohibited External power supply READY flag Use prohibited Operating condition setting completed flag Offset gain setting mode flag Channel change completed flag Set value change completed flag Use prohibited Warning output signal Error flag Device No YO Y1 Y2 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF Signal name Use prohibited CH1 Output enable disable flag CH2 Output enable disable flag CH3 Output enable disable flag CH4 Output enable disable flag Use prohibited Operating condition setting request User range writing request Channel change request Set va
22. 0 to 359 99999 degree 2147483648 to 2147483647 2147483648 to 2147483647 pulse pulse 1 134217728 to 134217727 pulse Incremental system 214748364 8 to 214748364 7 um Incremental system 1 13421772 8 to 13421772 7 um Incremental 214748364 8 to 21474 83648 to 21474 83647 inch system gt 214748364 7 um Positioning range 1 1342 17728 to 1342 17727 inch 2147483648 to 21474 83648 to 21474 83648 to 21474 83647 degree 2147483647 21474 83647 inch 1 1342 17728 to 1342 17727 degree pulse 21474 83648 to 2147483648 to 2147483647 pulse 21474 83647 degree 1 134217728 to 134217727 pulse 2147483648 to 2147483647 In speed position switching control pulse 0 to 214748364 7 um 0 to 13421772 7 um 0 to 21474 83647 inch In speed position switching 0 to 1342 17727 inch control 0 to 21474 83647 degree 0 to 214748364 7 um 0 to 1342 17727 degree 0 to 21474 83647 inch 0 to 2147483647 pulse 0 to 21474 83647 degree 0 to 134217727 pulse 0 to 2147483647 pulse 0 01 to 6000000 00 mm min 10 01 to 375000 00 mm min He 10 20000009 00 rrin 0 001 to 600000 000 inch min gt 100 001 to 37500 000 inch min Q5 3809000 19000000 000 0 001 to 600000 000 degree min pulse s 10 001 to 37500 000 degree min 1 to 1000000 pulse s es pee 1 to 4000000 pulse s oth uu Available 6 OPR methods Available 6 methods 7 3
23. 4FF E Buffer memory for error history R FFF 1000 System area Use prohibited CFFF 5 65 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 1 List of High Speed Counter Module Alternative Models for Replacement AnS QnAS series Transition to L series Product Model Remarks Restrictions 1 External wiring Terminal block wiring Connector wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Counting speed 200K 100K or 10KPPS 4 Counting range 32 bit signed binary 2147483648 to 2147483647 LD62 Program does not need to be reviewed 5 Program The number of occupied l O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed 6 Performance specifications Number of channels is 2 The input terminal filter characteristics are different 7 Function specifications Limit switch output function Coincidence output function Two coincidence detection output points can be set High speed counter A1SD61 1 External wiring Terminal block wiring Connector wiring module Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Changed 0 module I O function built in CPU 3 Counting speed 200K 100K 50K or 10KPPS 4 Counting range 32 bit signed binary LO2SCPU 2147483648 to 2147483647 LO2CPU LOGCPU Program does not need to be reviewed L26CPU 5 Program Incompatible Need to be created 6 Performance specifications Number of channe
24. A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT LO2SCPU LO2CPU LOGCPU p 15075 1 A1SD75P2 A1SD75P3 L26CPU LD75P4 Compati Precautions for L26CPU BT LD75D4 bility replacement built in function JOG operation Available Available Available The LD75P4 D4 does not support the manual pulse generator with each axis which is independent When connecting the manual pulse generator for each axis is required use pend pulse generator Alaxis Not available 4lmodule the module which function has one axis The manual pulse generator itself can use the same one The operation for inputting one pulse differs Set the parameter so that movement amount will be same Automatic Available Available Available Acceleration acceleration deceleration deceleration process S curve acceleration Available Available Available deceleration Acceleration ae RM deceleration Acceleration time and Number of Ree relin ume deceteratiofii ime time and deceleration time can be set Acceleration can be set independently j patterns deceleration independently 4 stop time 4 patterns each 1 pattern each 1 065535ms or 1 to 8388608ms can be 32767ms 1 to 8388608ms switched Electronic gears backlash compensation Electronic gears backlash Compensation Not available Refer to 3 near pass
25. Analog output test when Setting DA conversioni Enable Disable CPU module is in STOP compi 1201 9806 CHLI Output ble status nation en8 Enable Disable Enable Disable disable flag Not Analog output test Allowed Not allowed allowed Since the resolution differs between AnS series and L series modules it needs to be matched Resolution mode Sets the resolution according to the application using a sequence program user range settings or the scaling function Refer to Appendix 3 By setting the same scaling upper Scale converts the input digital value to the set range of the scaling limits and scaling lower limits as the Scaling function upper limit value and scaling lower limit value This omits the resolution of A1S62DA the same programming of the scale conversion digital output values as A1S62DA can be used Alarm output function Outputs an alarm when the digital value is out of the preset range BIETE CEE EEN mns on when the external power supply 24VDC is supplied When this flag is off the analog output value becomes 0V OmA regardless READY flag of other settings Stores the errors and alarms occurred in the D A converter module to Error log function the buffer memory as a history Up to 16 errors and alarms can be stored Module error collection Collects the errors and alarms occurred in the D A converter module function and stores them in the CPU module
26. CH2 Coincid ignal Use prohibited YF E E No 2 reset command 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 3 4 Buffer memory address comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the buffer memory address assignment differs For details of the buffer memory areas and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L High Speed Counter Module User s Manual When the built in I O functions of the LCPU are used the special register is used For details refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built in I O Function LD62 D Address Address decimal Read write decimal Name Read write CH1 CH2 CH1 CH2 1 8 L 0 32 L Preset value setting Preset value R W 2 34 H R W 1 33 H 3 35 Pulse input mode setting 2 34 L Present value R 4 36 3 35 H Present value R 5 w 4 36 M L Coincidence output point No 1 6 38 T L 5 ov H Coincidence output point setting No 1 R W 7 39 H 6 38 M L R W Coincidence output point No 2 8 40 Counter function selection setting 1 39 9 41 Sampling periodic time setting 8 40 Overflow detection R 10 42 External preset detection reset command 9 41 Counter function selection BAM 41 1 43 1 Point No 2 coincidence signal reset command 10 42 Sampling periodic time settin
27. Device No Signal name x1 X2 X3 4 X5 X6 XT Use prohibited X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF CH1 D A conversion output enable flag CH2 D A conversion output enable flag Use prohibited Error reset Use prohibited Signal name Module ready Use prohibited External power supply READY flag Use prohibited Operating condition setting completed flag Offset gain setting mode flag Channel change completed flag Set value change completed flag Use prohibited Warning output signal Error flag Device No YO Y1 Y2 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF Signal name Use prohibited CH1 Output enable disable flag CH2 Output enable disable flag CH3 Output enable disable flag CH4 Output enable disable flag Use prohibited Operating condition setting request User range writing request Channel change request Set value change request Use prohibited Warning output clear request Error clear request 3 8 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 2 4 Buffer memory address comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the buffer memory address assignment differs For details of the buffer memory areas and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual A1S62DA L60DA4 Address Address Read write Name Read write
28. Device No YO Y1 Y2 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF Signal name Use prohibited CH1 Output enable disable flag CH2 Output enable disable flag CH3 Output enable disable flag CH4 Output enable disable flag Use prohibited Operating condition setting request User range writing request Channel change request Set value change request Use prohibited Warning output clear request Error clear request 3 16 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 3 4 Buffer memory address comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the buffer memory address assignment differs For details of the buffer memory areas and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual A1S68DAI DA4 Name Read write Read write 0 Analog output enable disable channel D A conversion enable disable setting 1 CH 1 digital value 1 CH1 Digital value 2 CH 2 digital value 2 CH2 Digital value R W 3 CH 3 digital value 3 CH3 Digital value 4 CH 4 digital value R W 4 CH4 Digital value 5 CH 5 digital value 5 6 CH 6 digital value to System area Use prohibited 7 CH 7 digital value 10 8 CH 8 digital value 11 1 Set value check code 9 System area Use prohibited 12 CH2 Set value check code R 10 CH 1 set value check code 13 CH3 Set value check code 11 CH 2 set val
29. H Full scale x 1 0 3 to 255 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specifications L60TCRT4 L60TCRT4BW Compatibility Precautions for replacement Transistor output The standard control heating cooling control be combined in the L series module Standard control 4 channels module Heating cooling control 2 channels module Refer to Section 5 2 4 1 Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 0 3 Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 C Full scale x 0 7 250ms 4 channels 500ms 4 channels Constant regardless of the number of The sampling cycle can be selected channels used in the L series module 0 5s to 100 0s 1MO 0 to 100s 50 00 to 50 0096 Upscale processing PID ON OFF pulse or two position control Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning 0 0 to 1000 0 0 to 3600s 0 to 3600s Within the temperature range set for the temperature sensor to be used ON OFF pulse 10 to 30VDC 0 1A point 0 4A common 0 4A 10ms 0 1mA or lower 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1A 2 5VDC MAX at 0 1A OFF gt ON 2ms or less ON OFF 2ms or less Maximum 1012 times number of read write from to a non volatile memory Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Transformer
30. Voltage External power GUTEN _ supply consumption Inrush current Internal current consumption 0 8A 5VDC Weight 0 3kg 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible L60AD2DA2 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 24VDC 20 15 x Ripple spike 500mVp p or lower An external power supply 24VDC 0 12A B is required 3 5A 1000 or less x 0 17A 0 22kg 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 2 2 Functional comparison 1 A D conversion functions Item A D conversion enable disable Description Sets whether to enable or disable A D conversion for each O Available Not available A1S63ADA L60AD2DA2 Precautions for replacement channel 2 D A conversion functions Description A1S63ADA L60DA4 rarer channel By disabling the conversion for the channels that are O not used the sampling time can be shortened Performs the A D conversion for analog input values Sampling processing successively for each channel and outputs digital output values upon each conversion For each channel averages A D conversion values by the The setting range of average Time average amount of time and outputs the average value as a digital time and count differ value Refer to the MELSEC L Averaging For each channel averages A D conversion values by the Analog I O Module Use
31. and 8000 to 8049 indirect designation are deleted With the LD75P4 D4 the number of blocks has been changed to 5 7000 to 7004 With the ATSD75PLI S3 this data is called Positioning start information The configuration of start information and start No is changed so that the start No can be directly checked When the CPU module is powered on or reset the valid value is only the first value after PLC READY YO Detailed parameters 15 Software stroke limit valid invalid setting A1SD75PLI S3 LD75P4 D4 0 Software stroke limit is disabled at Factory default setting the manual operation Software stroke limit is enabled at the manual operation Software stroke limit is enabled at the manual operation Software stroke limit is enabled at the manual operation A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT 7 2 3 I O signal comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the I O signal assignment differs For details of the I O signals and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L LD75P LD75D Positioning Module User s Manual When the built in I O functions of the LCPU are used the special relay is used For details refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built in I O Function Input X Output Y Signal name A1SD75PLI S3 LD75P4 D4 Signal name 150
32. 1527 1627 1727 Cd 22 Manual pulse generator enable flag 1167 1217 1267 1524 1624 1724 EN 1168 1218 1268 1522 1622 1722 Cd 23 Manual pulse generator 1 pulse input magnification 4169 4219 4269 1523 1623 1723 Cd 24 OPR request flag OFF request 1170 1220 1270 1521 1621 1721 Cd 25 External start valid 1171 1221 1271 1505 1605 1705 LD75P4 D4 Cd 8 External command valid Cd 26 Step valid flag 1172 1222 1272 1545 1645 1745 Cd 27 Step mode 1173 1223 1273 1544 1644 1744 Cd 28 Step start information 1174 1224 1274 1546 1646 1746 Cd 29 Skip command 1175 1225 1275 1547 1647 1747 Cd 30 New torque value 1176 1226 1276 1525 1625 1725 Cd 31 Positioning starting point No 1178 1228 1278 1501 1601 1701 Cd 32 Continuous operation interrupt request 1181 1231 1281 1520 1620 1720 Wu 1184 1234 1284 1508 1608 1708 Cd 33 New acceleration time value 1185 1235 1285 1509 1609 1709 1186 1236 1286 1510 1610 1710 Cd 34 New deceleration time value 4187 4237 4287 1511 1611 1711 Cd 35 Acceleration deceleration time change during speed 1188 1238 1288 1512 1612 1712 change enable disable selection 7 1 5 A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT Item of 15075 0 53 Buffer memory address 15075 0 53 LD75P4 D4 Da 1 O
33. 211 CH3 Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 212 Industrial shipment settings gain value L R W 213 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 214 CHA Industrial shipment settings offset value L R W 215 CH4 Industrial shipment settings offset value H R W 216 CHA Industrial shipment settings gain value L R W 217 CHA Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 218 CH1 User range settings offset value L R W 219 CH1 User range settings offset value R W 220 CH1 User range settings gain value L R W 221 CH1 User range settings gain value R W 222 CH2 User range settings offset value L R W 223 CH2 User range settings offset value H R W 224 CH2 User range settings gain value L R W 225 CH2 User range settings gain value R W 226 CH3 User range settings offset value L R W 227 User range settings offset value R W 228 CH3 User range settings gain value L R W 229 CH3 User range settings gain value R W 230 User range settings offset value L R W 231 CH4 User range settings offset value R W 232 CH4 User range settings gain value L R W 233 CH4 User range settings gain value R W 234 to System area Use prohibited 999 1000 CH1 Logging enable disable setting R W 1001 CH2 Logging enable disable setting R W 1002 CH3 Logging enable disable setting R W 1003 CH4 Logging enable disable setting R W 1004 to System area Use prohibited 1007 1008 CH1 Loggi
34. 2505 8 is 10 Counter z 100KPPS E Unit us ab Minimum phase difference in 2 phase input 2 54s 100 10KPPS 1 phase input so 50 100 Unit us 1 phase input 142 50 50 Unit us 10KPPS Minimum phase difference in 2 phase 2 phase input 254s input 71 1 Unit us 2 phase input 6 12 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT A1SD62 E O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Precautions for replacement External input Function start Magnitude Comparison k 24 bit unsigned binary 32 bit signed binary comparison range between the CPU module Set value lt count value and high P Set value 7 count value result speed counter Set value count value module Preset 5 12 24 VDC 2 to 5mA External Coincidence output output Performance specifications of 1 channel Transistor output 1562 sink type 12 24 VDC 0 5A point 2A common A1S62E source type 12 24VDC 0 1A point 0 4A Common Transistor sink type output 12 24VDC 0 5A point 2A common 1 point channel 2 points channel Since the external output specifications differ check the specifications of an external device When the A1S62E is replaced the output type differs Therefore consider changing external devices and wiring as well Internal current consumption 5VDC 0 31A Recalcula
35. 304 Pr 6 Rotation direction setting 5 155 305 5 155 305 6 156 306 10 160 310 Pr 7 Speed limit value 7 457 307 44 161 at 8 158 308 12 162 312 8 Acceleration time 0 9 159 309 13 163 313 T 10 160 310 14 164 314 Pr 9 Deceleration time 0 11 161 311 15 165 315 12 162 312 6 156 306 Pr 10 Bias speed at start 13 163 313 7 457 307 11 Stepping motor mode selection 14 164 314 Pr 12 Backlash compensation amount 15 165 315 17 167 317 2 16 166 316 18 168 318 Pr 13 Software stroke limit upper limit value 17 167 317 19 169 319 7 m 18 168 318 20 170 320 Pr 14 Software stroke limit lower limit value 19 169 319 21 171 321 Pr 15 Software stroke limit selection 20 170 320 22 172 322 Pr 16 Software stroke limit valid invalid setting 21 171 321 23 173 323 2 22 172 322 24 174 324 Pr 17 Command in position width 23 473 323 25 175 325 Pr 18 Torque limit setting value 24 174 324 26 176 326 Pr 19 M code ON signal output timing 25 175 325 27 177 327 Pr 20 Speed switching mode 26 176 326 28 178 328 Pr 21 Interpolation speed designation method 27 177 327 29 179 329 Pr 22 Current feed value during speed control 28 178 328 30 180 330 Pr 23 Manual pulse generator selection 29 179 329 Pr 24 Logic selection for pulse output to the drive unit 30 180 330 Pr 25 Size selection for acceleration deceleration time 31 181 331 NT 36 186 336 36 186 336 26 Acceleration time 1 37 187 337 37 187
36. 414 65 CH2 Scaling upper limit value 0 EN 42u 66 CH3 Scaling lower limit value 0 43 67 CH3 Scaling upper limit value 0 44u 68 CHA Scaling lower limit value 0 45H 69 CH4 Scaling upper limit value 0 1 For details of the scaling function refer to the user s manual for the module used Appendix 3 3 Adding the scaling operation function to sequence program Adding a scaling operation program to the L series sequence program can change a resolution 1 Example of scaling operation sequence program Sample program conditions a Resolution of the AnS series module 1 4000 b Device that stores the present value read from the analog I O module DO App 6 Devices used for resolution change operation D100 and D101 Two four word data is used in the four arithmetic operations instruction Use unused device areas so that existing device data are not affected by this operation Present value read condition Read the present value of Channel 1 FROMP HO from the buffer memory K11 DO K1 IP DO K5 D100 Divide the 1 20000 data by five MOVP D100 DO Transfer the divided data to the device X Point The scan time is longer by the addition to the sequence program When the scaling function described in Appendix 3 2 is used however because the scaling operation is performed in the analog module the scan time is not affected App 7 WARRANTY Please confirm the following product warrant
37. 487 38 188 338 38 188 338 27 Acceleration time 2 39 189 339 39 189 338 mE 40 190 340 40 190 340 Pr 28 Acceleration time 3 41 191 341 41 191 341 7 11 A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT Buffer memory address Item of A1SD75PO S3 A1SD75PLI S3 LD75P4 D4 42 192 342 42 192 342 Pr 29 Deceleration time 1 43 193 343 43 193 343 Nm 44 194 344 44 194 344 Pr 30 Deceleration time 2 45 195 345 45 195 445 x 46 196 346 46 196 346 Pr 31 Deceleration time 3 47 197 347 47 197 347 m 48 198 348 48 198 348 Pr 32 JOG Speed limit value 49 199 349 49 199 349 Pr 33 JOG operation acceleration time selection 50 200 350 50 200 350 Pr 34 JOG operation deceleration time selection 51 201 351 51 201 351 Pr 35 Acceleration deceleration process selection 52 202 352 52 202 352 Pr 36 S curve ratio 53 203 353 53 203 353 m 54 204 354 54 204 354 Pr 37 Sudden stop deceleration time 55 205 355 55 205 355 Pr 38 Stop group 1 sudden stop selection 56 206 356 56 206 356 Pr 39 Stop group 2 sudden stop selection 57 207 357 57 207 357 Pr 40 Stop group 3 sudden stop selection 58 208 358 58 208 358 Pr 41 Positioning complete signal output time 59 209 359 59 209 359 60 210 360 60 210 360 Pr 42 Allowable cir
38. 77 97 Upper limit setting limiter 38 58 78 98 Lower limit setting limiter 39 59 79 99 CT selection 3A 5A 7A 9A Heater disconnection alert setting 3B 5B 7B 9B Loop disconnection detection judgment time 3C 5C 7 9C Loop disconnection detection dead band 3D 5D 7D 9D Unused channel setting 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L60TCRT4BW Address hexadecimal Read writ ead write CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Error code 1 2 3 4 Decimal point position 5 6 7 8 Alert definition 9 B Temperature process value PV D E 10 Manipulated value MV 11 12 13 14 Temperature rise judgment flag R 15 16 17 18 Transistor output flag 19 1A 1B 1C Set value SV monitor 1D Cold junction temperature process value 1E MAN mode shift completion flag Memory of PID constants read Write completion flag R 20 40 60 80 Input range 21 41 61 81 Stop mode setting 22 42 62 82 Set value SV setting 23 43 63 83 Proportional band P setting 24 44 64 84 Integral time 1 setting 25 45 65 85 Derivative time D setting 26 46 66 86 Alert set value 1 27 47 67 87 Alert set value 2 28 48 68 88 Alert set value 3 29 49 69 89 Alert set value 4 2A 4A 6A 8A Upper limit output limiter 2B 4B 6B 8B Lower limit output limiter 2C 4 6 8 Output variation limiter setting
39. Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 C Full scale x 0 7 1 digit Sampling cycle 0 5s Constant regardless of the number of channels used Control output cycle 1 to 100s Input impedance 1MO Input filter 0 to 100s Sensor correction value setting 50 00 to 50 00 Operation at sensor input disconnection Upscale processing Temperature control method PID constants setting Proportional band PID constants range P Integral time 1 Derivative time D Set value SV setting range PID ON OFF pulse or two position control Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning 0 0 to 1000 0 1 to 3600s 0 to 3600s Within the temperature range set for the temperature sensor to be used Output signal ON OFF pulse Rated load voltage 10 2 to 30 0VDC Maximum load current 0 1A point 0 4A common Maximum inrush Transistor output current 0 4A 10ms Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA or lower Maximum voltage drop at ON 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1A 2 5VDC MAX at 0 1A Response time OFF ON 2ms or less ONO OFF 2ms or less Number of writes to EPROM Maximum 100000 times Insulation method Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Transformer Between input channels Transformer Dielectric withstand voltage Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute Between input channels 500VA
40. Day of the week R 4158 CH2 Trigger detection time First two digits of the year Last two digits of the year 1159 CH2 Trigger detection time Month Day 1160 CH2 Trigger detection time Hour Minute 1161 CH2 Trigger detection time Second Day of the week 1162 to System area Use prohibited 1999 2000 D A conversion enable disable setting R W 2001 System area Use prohibited 2002 2003 CH3 Digital input value 2004 CH4 Digital input value PM 2005 to System area Use prohibited 2012 2013 CH3 Set value check code R 2014 Set value check code 2015 to System area Use prohibited 2023 2024 Offset gain adjustment value specification R W 2025 System area Use prohibited 2026 HOLD CLEAR function setting R 2027 to System area Use prohibited 2046 2047 Warning output setting R W 2048 Warning output flag R 2049 to System area Use prohibited 2052 2053 D A conversion scaling enable disable setting R W 2054 to System area Use prohibited 2057 2058 CH3 D A conversion scaling lower limit value 2059 CH3 D A conversion scaling upper limit value RW 2060 CH4 D A conversion scaling lower limit value 2061 CH4 D A conversion scaling upper limit value 2062 to System area Use prohibited 2089 2090 CH3 Warning output upper limit value 2091 CH3 Warning output lower limit value RW 2092 CH4 Warning output upper limit value 2093 CH4 Warning output lower limit value 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Addr
41. External load resistance value 1KQ to 1MQ Current 0 to 20mADC External load resistance value 0 to 6000 Analog output range Digital value Maximum resolution 0 to 20000 ZOV Since th lution diffi ince the resolution differs Voltage 000 20000 between AnS series L series 10 to 10V 500yV 20000 to 20000 modules it needs to be matched User range settings 333uv using a sequence program user 0 to 20mA 0 to 20000 1000nA range settings or the scaling Current 4 to 20mA 800nA function Refer to Appendix 3 User range settings 20000 to 20000 700nA Ambient temperature 25 5 C within 0 1 voltage 10mV current 20 Ambient temperature 0 to 55 C within 0 3 voltage 30mV current 60 20us channel O Consider replacement with several 4 channels module L60DA4 modules Up to 50000 times Available 3 12 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Item A1S68DAI Between the output terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler Insulation method 2 Between channels Not insulated Dielectric withstand voltage Insulation resistance 32 points Number of ied I O point umber ofoccupied point I O assignment special 32 points Connected terminal 20 point terminal block M3 5x7 screws Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm R1 25 3 1 25 YS3 Applicable solderless terminal RAV1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Internal current consumption
42. FeRAM write complete 8 Y8 5 flag Use prohibited Default value write Y9 complete flag FeRAM write incomplete XA YA flag XB Use prohibited YB CH1 Alert occurrence XC YC flag CH2 Alert occurrence XD YD flag CH3 Alert occurrence XE YE flag CHA Alert occurrence XF flag X10 Y10 X11 YA Setting operation mode command X12 Y12 reset command X13 Y13 Use prohibited X14 Use prohibited 14 CH1 Auto tuning command CH2 Auto tuning X15 Y15 command CH3 Auto tuning X16 Y16 command 5 35 Device Signal name Signal name No XO Module READY flag YO N A 1 Setting operation mode v4 Setting operation mode status instruction X2 Error occurrence flag Y2 Error reset instruction X3 Hardware error flag N A CH1 Auto tuning X4 CH1 Auto tuning status Y4 instruction CH2 Auto tuning X5 2 Auto tuning status MONS instruction CH3 Auto tuning X6 CH3 Auto tuning status Y6 instruction 4 Auto tuning CH4 Auto tuning status wy instruction Back up of the set value Set value backup X8 Y8 completion flag instruction Default value write Default setting X9 Y9 m completion flag registration instruction Back up of the set value XA YA N A fail flag XB Setting change YB Setting change completion flag instruction CH1 Alert occurrence CH1 PID control forced XC YC flag stop instruction CH2 Alert occurrence CH2 PID control forced XD YD flag s
43. MODULE REPLACEMENT Memo 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 3 A1S68AD 2 3 1 Performance specifications comparison Item A1S68AD Voltage 10 to 0 to 10VDC Input resistance value 1MQ Analog input Current 0 to 20mADC Input resistance value 2509 Digital output 16 bit signed binary I O characteristics and resolution I O characteristics Analog input Digital output 0 to 10V 0 to 4000 10 to 10V 2000 to 2000 0 to 5V or 0 to 20mA 0 to 4000 1 to 5V or 4 t0 20mA 0 to 4000 Maximum resolution Analog input Digital output 0 to 10V 2 5mV 10 to 10V 5mV 0 to 5V 1 25mV 1to 5V 1mV 0 to 20mA 5 4 to 20mA 4 Overall accuracy Within 1 at full scale Digital output value 40 Maximum conversion speed 0 5ms channel The speed is 1ms channel on all channels if averaging processing is set even for one channel Absolute maximum input Voltage 35V Current 30mA Analog input points 8 channels module Number of offset gain settings Insulation method Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler Between channels Not insulated Withstand voltage Insulation resistance Number of occupied I O points 32 points assignment special 32 points External connection system 20 point terminal block Applicable wire size 0 75
44. R 55 CH2 Scaling value 56 to System area Use prohibited 61 4 42 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Address decimal Name Read write 62 CH1 A D conversion scaling lower limit value 63 CH1 A D conversion scaling upper limit value RW 64 CH2 A D conversion scaling lower limit value 65 CH2 A D conversion scaling upper limit value 66 to System area Use prohibited 141 142 CH1 Input signal error detection setting value RW 143 CH2 Input signal error detection setting value 144 to System area Use prohibited 157 158 PETS Mode switching setting R W 159 160 to System area Use prohibited 199 200 Pass data classification setting R W 201 System area Use prohibited 202 CH1 Industrial shipment settings offset value 203 CH1 Industrial shipment settings gain value 204 CH2 Industrial shipment settings offset value 205 CH2 Industrial shipment settings gain value 206 CH3 Industrial shipment settings offset value 207 CH3 Industrial shipment settings gain value 208 Industrial shipment settings offset value 209 CHA Industrial shipment settings gain value RW 210 CH1 User range settings offset value 211 CH1 User range settings gain value 212 CH2 User range settings offset value 213 CH2 User range settings gain value 214 CH3 User range settings offset value 215 CH3 User range settings gain
45. Reset the error to enable the flash write Number of occupied I O points 32 points assignment special 32 points 32 points I O assignment intelligent 32 points For the assignment of the built in I O functions of the LCPU refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built in I O Function Number of module occupied 1 _ 2 modules slots Weight 0 35kg 0 18kg 7 5 A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT A1SD75P1 53 A1SD75P2 s3 A1SD75P3 LO2SCPU LO2CPU LOGCPU L26CPU L26CPU BT built in function LD75P4 LD75D4 Not available integrated into Compati bility Precautions for replacement When both the speed position switching control and the external start are STRT signal Available External start signal Not available CHG signal A used input external start signal to an interrupt module and start then using the direct output External command signal signal for External Can be selected in external CHG signal Speed position switching signal parameter external start O command signal X devices signal or speed position switching signal No INP signal When the signal is In position An INP Available for monitoring Not available Not available A required for monitor monitor using an input module Available Signal logic Available Command pulse output signal External
46. Setting operation mode X11 Y11 command X12 Y12 reset command X13 Y13 Use prohibited Use prohibited CH1 Auto tuning X14 Y14 command CH2 Auto tuning X15 Y15 command X16 Y16 ET Use prohibited X17 Y17 FeRAM backup X18 Y18 command Default setting X19 Y19 5 37 registration command 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE A1S64TCTRT BW Device Signal name Signal name No CH1 Forced PID control stop command CH2 Forced PID control stop command X1A Y1A X1B 1 Use prohibited X1C Y1C X1D Y1D X1E Y1E Use prohibited 1 Depending on the control mode of the L series module some of the input output signals listed in the above table become use prohibited signals For details refer to the MELSEC L Temperature Control Module User s Manual 2 These signals are enabled only when heating cooling control extended mode is selected For details refer to the user s manual for the module used 5 8 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 4 3 A1S64TCTT BW S1 A1S64TCRT BW S1 and L series modules CTT4 L60TCRT4 T4BW L60TCRTABW A1S64TCTT BW S1 A1S64TCRT BW S1 Signal name Signal name Signal name Signal name Watchdog timer error flag Module READY flag N A 1
47. Setting operation mode v4 Setting operation mode module READY flag status instruction X2 Write error flag Y2 X2 Error occurrence flag Y2 Error reset instruction X3 Hardware error flag X3 Hardware error flag N A CH1 Auto tuning X4 CH1 tuning status flag Y4 X4 CH1 Auto tuning status Y4 instruction 2 CH2 Auto tuning X5 CH2 tuning status flag Y5 X5 CH2 Auto tuning status NM instruction CH3 Auto tuning X6 Y6 X6 CH3 Auto tuning status Y6 instruction Use prohibited CH4 Auto tuning Y7 CH4 Auto tuning status Y7 n instruction FeRAM write complete Back up of the set value Set value backup X8 Y8 X8 Y8 flag P completion flag instruction Use prohibited Default value write Default value write Default setting X9 Y9 X9 _ Y9 complete flag completion flag registration instruction FeRAM write incomplete Back up of the set value XA YA XA YA N A flag fail flag m Setting change Setting change XB Use prohibited YB XB MENS completion flag instruction CH1 Alert occurrence CH1 Alert occurrence CH1 PID control forced XC YC XC YC flag flag stop instruction CH2 Alert occurrence CH2 Alert occurrence CH2 PID control forced XD YD XD YD flag flag stop instruction CH3 Alert occurrence CH3 PID control forced XE YE XE YE 2 flag stop instruction Alert occurrence PID control forced XF YF XF YF flag stop instruction X10 Y10
48. Temperature control v1 1 Setting operation mode v4 Setting operation mode module READY flag status instruction X2 Write error flag Y2 X2 Error occurrence flag Y2 Error reset instruction X3 Hardware error flag X3 Hardware error flag N A CH1 Auto tuning X4 CH1 Auto tuning status Y4 X4 CH1 Auto tuning status YA instruction 2 CH2 Auto tuning X5 CH2 Auto tuning status Y5 X5 CH2 Auto tuning status v gg instruction CH3 Auto tuning X6 CH3 Auto tuning status Y6 X6 CH3 Auto tuning status instruction 2 Auto tuning CH4 Auto tuning status YT X7 CH4 Auto tuning status 7 R instruction X8 E2PROM write Y8 X8 of the set value Y8 ib value backup completion flag 7 completion flag instruction Use prohibited Default value write Default value write Default setting X9 We X9 Y9 EP complete flag completion flag registration instruction 2 i Back f th t val XA E PROM write YA XA up of the set value N A incomplete flag fail flag Setting change Setting change XB Use prohibited YB XB MENS completion flag instruction CH1 Alert occurrence CH1 Alert occurrence CH1 PID control forced XC YC XC YC flag flag stop instruction CH2 Alert occurrence CH2 Alert occurrence CH2 PID control forced XD YD XD YD flag flag stop instruction CH3 Alert occurrence CH3 Alert occurrence CH3 PID control forced XE YE XE YE flag flag stop instruction CHA Alert occurrence
49. Trigger detection time Month Day R 1168 CH4 Trigger detection time Hour Minute R 1169 CH4 Trigger detection time Second Day of the R week 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Address decimal 1170 Read write to System area Use prohibited 1299 1300 CH1 Flow amount integration enable disable RW setting 1301 one Flow amount integration enable disable RW setting 1302 Gon Flow amount integration enable disable RW setting 1303 ui Flow amount integration enable disable RW setting 1304 to System area Use prohibited 1307 1308 1 Integration cycle setting R W 1309 CH2 Integration cycle setting R W 1310 CH3 Integration cycle setting R W 1311 CHA Integration cycle setting R W 1312 to System area Use prohibited 1315 1316 CH1 Flow amount time unit setting R W 1317 CH2 Flow amount time unit setting R W 1318 CH3 Flow amount time unit setting R W 1319 CH4 Flow amount time unit setting R W 1320 to System area Use prohibited 1323 1324 CH1 Unit scaling setting R W 1325 CH2 Unit scaling setting R W 1326 CH3 Unit scaling setting R W 1327 CH4 Unit scaling setting R W 1328 to System area Use prohibited 1331 1332 CH1 Integrated flow amount L R 1333 CH1 Integrated flow amount R 1334 CH2 Integrated flow amount L R 1335 CH2 Integrated flow amount R 1336 CH3 Integrated flow amount L R 1337 CH3 Integrate
50. W 87 CH1 Warning output lower limit value R W 88 CH2 Warning output upper limit value R W 89 CH2 Warning output lower limit value R W 3 9 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT L60DA4 Address Read write decimal 90 CH3 Warning output upper limit value R W 91 CH3 Warning output lower limit value R W 92 CH4 Warning output upper limit value R W 93 CH4 Warning output lower limit value R W 94 to System area Use prohibited 157 158 T R W Mode switching setting 159 R W 160 to System area Use prohibited 199 200 Pass data classification setting R W 201 System area Use prohibited CH1 Industrial shipment settings offset 202 R W value 203 CH1 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W CH2 Industrial shipment settings offset 204 R W value 205 CH2 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W Industrial shipment settings offset 206 R W value 207 CH3 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W CH4 Industrial shipment settings offset 208 R W value 209 CH4 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 210 CH1 User range settings offset value R W 211 CH1 User range settings gain value R W 212 CH2 User range settings offset value R W 213 CH2 User range settings gain value R W 214 CH3 User range settings offset value R W 215 CH3 User range settings gain value R W 216 CH4 User range settings offset value R W 217 User ran
51. Wave data registry area When the wave output RW function is used System area Use prohibited 4 36 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT 5 1 List of Heating cooling Temperature Control Module Temperature Control Module Alternative Models for Replacement AnS QnAS series Product Heating cooling temperature control module Temperature control module Model 1 Transition to L series Remarks Restrictions External wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 1564 3 Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and Thermocouple L60TCTT4 buffer memory addresses are changed connection M 4 Performance specifications Not changed 5 Functional specifications Changed Refer to Section 5 3 1 External wiring Cable size is changed A1S64TCTRT 2 Number of slots Not changed Platinum 3 Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and resistance L60TCRT4 buffer memory addresses are changed thermometer PT 4 Performance specifications Not changed connection PAN 5 Functional specifications Changed Refer to Section 5 3 1 External wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules occupied 16 intelligent A1S64TCTRTBW points Thermocouple L60TCTTABW 3 Program The number
52. Y3 CHS Output enable Use prohibited disable flag x4 YA x4 YA Cha Output enable disable flag X5 Y5 X5 Y5 Use prohibited Set val h X6 Y6 X6 i oe Y6 Set value change request CH3 Digital output value CH1 Digital value setting T 25 ag i xternal power supply XT X7 Wi U hibited READY flag SE Re i Warning output clear X8 Y8 X8 Warning output signal Y8 request X9 Y9 x9 Operating condition Y9 Pperation condition setting completed flag setting request Offset gai tti d XA YA XA fl Se See ee YA User range write request ag Ch ch XB YB XB ddp YB Channel change request completed flag Input signal detecti xc xc PPutSigna emroreeteciOD yc __ Use prohibited signal T Maximum value minimum Maximum value minimum XD YD Use prohibited XD YD value reset completed flag value reset request Use prohibited AID XE YE XE YE Use prohibited completion flag CH1 D A i ie tee XF Error flag YE Error clear request output enable flag X10 Y10 x11 Y11 X12 Y12 X13 Y13 x14 Y14 X15 15 _ 4 Digital output value CH2 Digital value setting X16 Y16 X17 Y17 X18 Y18 X19 Y19 X1A Y1A X1B Y1B X1C Y1C X1D Y1D Use prohibited X1E Use prohibited Y1E X1F CH2 D A conversion value 4 27 output enable flag 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT A1S66ADA Device Device Signal name Signal name
53. address Cd 1 Clock data setting hour 1100 Cd 2 Clock data setting minute second 1101 Cd 3 Clock data writing 1102 Cd 4 Target axis 1103 Cd 5 Positioning data No 1104 Cd 6 Write pattern 1105 Cd 7 Read write request 1106 Cd 8 Read write positioning data I F 1108 to 1137 Cd 9 Flash ROM write request 1138 1900 Cd 10 Parameter initialization request 1139 1901 Cd 11 Positioning start No 1150 1200 1250 1500 1600 1700 12 error reset 1151 1201 1251 1502 1602 1702 Cd 13 Restart command 1152 1202 1252 1503 1603 1703 Cd 14 M code OFF request 1153 1203 1253 1504 1604 1704 1154 1204 1254 1506 1606 1706 Geel New value 1155 1205 1255 1507 1607 1707 _ 1156 1206 1256 1514 1614 1714 Cd 16 New speed 1157 1207 1257 1515 1615 1715 Cd 17 Speed change request 1158 1208 1258 1516 1616 1716 Cd 18 Positioning operation speed override 1159 1209 1259 1513 1613 1713 1160 1210 1260 1518 1618 1718 Gd19 JOG space 1161 1211 1261 1519 1619 1719 Cd 20 Speed position switching enable flag 1163 1213 1263 1528 1628 1728 Cd 21 Speed position switching control movement amount 1164 1214 1264 1526 1626 1726 change register 1165 1215 1265
54. and alarms occurred the L60AD2DA2 Module error collection function stores them in the CPU module EON IEEE Clears the error from the system monitor window of the This function can be used on programming tool the GX Works2 Saving and restoring offset gain Saves and restores the offset gain values in the user setting values range o Offset gain setting function Corrects errors in the analog and digital output values 1 For the A1S63ADA the resolution setting be selected from 1 4000 1 8000 and 1 12000 for both voltage and current inputs The L60AD2DA2 however does not support the resolution mode To use the same digital value that is used for the A1S63ADA set the scaling upper and lower limit values that match the resolution of the A1S63ADA using the scaling function Ex Point Replacement module L60AD2DA2 does not have the simple loop control function expression function When the simple loop control function expression function is used with A1S63ADA the sequence program needs to be addressed Refer to Section 4 1 4 10 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 2 3 signal comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the I O signal assignment differs For details of the I O signals and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Analog I O Module User s
55. as A1S68DAV can be used Alarm output function External power supply READY flag Error log function Outputs an alarm when the digital value is out of the preset range Turns on when the external power supply 24VDC is supplied When this flag is off the analog output value becomes 0V OmA regardless of other settings Stores the errors and alarms occurred in the D A converter module to the buffer memory as a history Up to 16 errors and alarms can be stored Module error collection function Collects the errors and alarms occurred in the D A converter module and stores them in the CPU module Error clear function Clears the error from the system monitor window of the programming tool This function can be used on the GX Works2 Saving and restoring offset gain values Saves and restores the offset gain values in the user setting range 1 For the A1S68DAV the mode is fixed at 1 4000 2000 to 2000 For the L60DA4 the resolution is 1 20000 fixed To use the same digital value that is used for the A1S68DAV set the scaling upper and lower limit values that match the resolution of the A1S68DAV using the scaling function 3 23 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 4 3 I O signal comparison Device No 1 2 X3 X4 X5 X6 XT X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF X10 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X17 X18 X19 X1A X1B X1C X1D X1E X1F
56. changed to Error occurring Continuous path control ATSD75PLI S3 If the reference axis operates in reverse direction the control is internally changed into the continuous positioning control restart after deceleration stop LD75P4 D40 Even if the reference axis operates in reverse direction with interpolation the control remains as the continuous path control In single axis operation the operation is the same as that of the ATSD75PLI S3 Near pass For the continuous path control only the near pass function is available Positioning address pass is not available 2 axis interpolation 2 axis linear interpolation 2 axis fixed feed Circular interpolation The interpolation target axis can be voluntarily set with a positioning identifier Step function Step stopped is changed to Stopped and Step error occurring is changed to Error occurring in the axis operations status 2 The restart command 024 fodr step start information is deleted 3 The step operation is restarted with the restart command T 8 f POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT Changed function Command in position function Positioning start No block start data Start history Basic parameter1 IPr 5 Pulse output mode Description The command in position width is expanded e A1SD75PD S3 1 to 32767000 LD75P4 D4 1 to 2147483647 turns off to on 7004 to 7010 block start designation
57. channels Transformer Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute Between input channels 500VAC for 1 minute Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 20MQ or more Between input channels 500VDC 20MQ or more U R D Co LTD CTL 12 S36 8 CTL 12 S36 10 CTL 12 S56 10 i CTL 6 P H 9 Full scale x 1 0 3 to 255 16 points slot 16 points 2 slots The number of occupied I O points assignment intelligent 16 points I O assignment intelligent 16 points and slots are different 18 point terminal block Two 18 point terminal blocks 22 to 18 AWG x Wiring change is required R1 25 3 Recalculation of internal current 0 30A 0 33A consumption 5VDC is required 0 18kg 0 33kg 28 5 W 90 H x 117 D mm 57 0 W x 90 H x 117 D mm From the previous page Thermocouple Temperature measurement range measurement range S 0 to 1700 1 0 to 3000 1 B 400 to 1800 1 800 to 3000 1 0 to 400 E 6 to 1000 1 0 to 1800 1 0 0 to 700 0 0 1 0 to 1300 1 0 to 2300 1 0 to 400 0 to 700 U 200 to 200 300 to 400 0 0 to 600 0 0 1 0 to 400 0 to 800 L 0 to 900 0 to 1600 1 0 0 to 400 0 0 0 to 900 0 1 7 PL Il 0 to 1200 1 0 to 2300 1 W5Re W26Re 0 to 2300 1 0 to 3000 1 5 6 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONT
58. coincidence detection output points can be set No periodic pulse counter function 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT AnS QnAS series Product Transition to L series High speed counter module Model A1SD62D A1SD62D S1 Model LD62D LO2SCPU LO2CPU LO6CPU L26CPU L26CPU BT 1 2 3 4 6 7 2 3 4 Remarks Restrictions External wiring Terminal block wiring Connector wiring Cable size is changed Number of slots Not changed Counting speed 500K 200K or 100KPPS Counting range 32 bit signed binary 2147483648 to 2147483647 Program does not need to be reviewed Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed Performance specifications Number of channels is 2 Functional specifications Not changed External wiring Terminal block wiring Connector wiring Cable size is changed Number of slots Changed 0 module I O function built in CPU Counting speed 200K 100K 50K or 10KPPS Counting range 32 bit signed binary 2147483648 to 2147483647 Program does not need to be reviewed Program Incompatible Need to be created Performance specifications External input voltage 24V only The input terminal filter characteristics are different Function specifications Limit switch output function Coincidence output function Two coincidence detection output points can be set No periodic
59. data 3 1076 Level data 4 1077 Level data 5 1078 Level data 6 RY 1079 Level data 7 1080 Level data 8 1081 Level data 9 1082 CH1 Trigger setting value 1083 CH2 Trigger setting value 1084 to System area Use prohibited 1089 1090 CH1 Head pointer R 1091 CH2 Head pointer 1092 to System area Use prohibited 1097 1098 CH1 Latest pointer R 1099 CH2 Latest pointer 1100 to System area Use prohibited 1105 1106 CH1 Number of logging data R 1107 CH2 Number of logging data 1108 to System area Use prohibited 1113 1114 CH1 Trigger pointer R 1115 CH2 Trigger pointer 1116 to System area Use prohibited 1121 1122 CH1 Logging cycle monitor value s 1123 CH1 Logging cycle monitor value ms 1124 CH1 Logging cycle monitor value us R 1125 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value s 1126 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value ms 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 15 Address decimal 0A Name Read write 1127 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value us R 1128 to System area Use prohibited 1145 1146 CH1 Logging status monitor value R 1147 CH2 Logging status monitor value 1148 to System area Use prohibited 1153 4154 CH1 Trigger detection time First two digits of the year Last two digits of the year 1155 CH1 Trigger detection time Month Day 1156 CH1 Trigger detection time Hour Minute 4157 CH1 Trigger detection time Second
60. disconnection output off time current error detection delay count R W AT Temperature rise completion range setting A8 Temperature rise completion soak time setting A9 PID continuation flag AA Heater disconnection correction function selection AB AC System area Use prohibited AF Transistor output monitor ON delay time setting RIW BO CT monitor method switching B1 B2 Manipulated value of heating MVh for output with another R analog module Resolution of the manipulated value for output with another B5 R W analog module B6 Cold junction temperature compensation selection R W B7 Control switching monitor R B8 B9 Auto tuning mode selection R W co Alert 1 mode setting C1 Alert 2 mode setting z R W C2 Alert 3 mode setting Alert 4 mode setting DO EO Alert 1 mode setting D1 E1 Alert 2 mode setting R W D2 E2 Alert 3 mode setting D3 E3 Alert 4 mode setting 100 to 107 Heater current measurement value R 108 to 10F CT input channel assignment setting 110 to 117 CT selection R W 118 to 11F Reference heater current value 220 240 2 point sensor compensation offset value measured value R W 2 point sensor compensation offset value compensation 221 241 R W value 222 242 2 point sensor compensation gain value measured value R W 223 243 2 point sensor compensation gain value compensation value R W 224 244 2 point sensor compensation offset latch request R W 225 245 2 point sensor compensation offset latch completion R 226 246 2 poi
61. enable command X1A Y1A 2 Down count command X1B Y1B CH2 Count enable command X1C YAC CH2 Count value read request YAD CH2 function selection start command 1 1 4 Use prohibited X1F Y1F 1 These signals are use prohibited in the A1SD62D S1 Module READY Y iod No 1 reset command CH1 Count lue x1 Y1 CH1 Preset command point No 1 x2 CH1 Counter value Y2 CH1 Coincidence signal coincidence point No 1 enable command CH1 Count ll X3 QUNM 1 Down count command point No 1 X4 PH d presel request Y4 CH1 Count enable command detection X5 CH1 Counter value large Y5 CH1 External preset point No 2 detection reset command X6 CH1 Counter value Y6 CH1 Counter function coincidence point No 2 selection start command x CH1 Counter value small v7 CH1 Coincidence signal point No 2 No 2 reset command X8 CH2 Counter value large Ys CH2 Coincidence signal point No 1 No 1 reset command CH2 Count s e ie Y9 CH2 Preset command coincidence point No 1 XA CH2 Counter value small YA CH2 Coincidence signal point No 1 enable command CH2 Ext t t XB T uid YB CH2 Down count command detection XC che Counter yalue large YC CH2 Count enable command point No 2 XD CH2 Counter value YD CH2 External preset coincidence point No 2 detection reset command XE CH2 Counter value small YE CH2 Counter function point No 2 selection start command
62. for the A1S68DAI set the scaling upper and lower limit values that match the resolution of the A1S68DAI using the scaling function 3 15 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 3 3 I O signal comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the I O signal assignment differs For details of the I O signals and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual A1S68DAI L60DA4 Device Signal name No WDT error flag A1S68DAI detection X1 D A conversion READY X2 Error flag X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD Use prohibited XE XF X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X17 X18 X19 X1A X1B X1C X1D X1E Device No YO Y1 Y2 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 YD Y10 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 Y19 Y1A Y1B Y1C X1F Y1D Y1E Y1F Signal name Use prohibited D A conversion output enable flag Error reset flag Use prohibited Device No x1 X2 X3 4 X5 X6 XT X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF Signal name Module READY Use prohibited External power supply READY flag Use prohibited Operating condition setting completed flag Offset gain setting mode flag Channel change completed flag Set value change completed flag Use prohibited Warning output signal Error flag
63. history Up to 16 errors and alarms can be stored Module error history collection function Notifies the CPU module of the error detail when errors and alarms occur on the module Error information is stored to the memory in the CPU module as the module error history Error clear function Clears the error from the system monitor window of the programming tool Cooling method setting function Specifies a auto tuning operation formula according to the selected cooling system water cooling or air cooling Heating Overlap dead band function cooling control Specifies a temperature area near the temperature where heating output and cooling output is switched from the following Overlap area where both are output Dead band area where neither is output Temperature conversion function using unused channels 5 33 Performs the temperature conversion in input channels that are not used for the control monitor channel 1 2 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE Available Not available Temperature control module Heating cooling temperature control module L60TCTT4 A1S64TCTRT A1S64TCTT S1 A1S64TCRT S1 A1S62TCTT S2 A1S62TCRT S2 L60TCTT4BW A1S64TCTRTBW A1S64TCTTBW S1 A1S64TCRTBW S1 A1S62TCTTBW S2 A1S62TCRTBW S2 L60TCRT4 L60TCRT4BW O es O O O
64. incorrect output or malfunction 1 Emergency stop circuits protection circuits and protective interlock circuits for conflicting operations such as forward reverse rotations or upper lower limit positioning must be configured external to the programmable controller Machine OPR Original Point Return of the positioning function is controlled by two kinds of data an OPR direction and an OPR speed Deceleration starts when the near point watchdog signal turns on If an incorrect OPR direction is set motion control may continue without deceleration To prevent machine damage caused by this configure an interlock circuit external to the programmable controller 3 When the CPU module detects an error during control by the positioning function the motion slows down and stops 4 When the programmable controller detects an abnormal condition it stops the operation and all outputs are Turned off if the overcurrent or overvoltage protection of the power supply module is activated Held or turned off according to the parameter setting if the self diagnostic function of the CPU module detects an error such as a watchdog timer error Also all outputs may be turned on if an error occurs in a part such as an I O control part where the CPU module cannot detect any error To ensure safety operation in such a case provide a safety mechanism or a fail safe circuit external to the programmable controller For a fail safe circuit example refer to
65. limiter 2B 4B ur System area Use prohibited 2C 4C 2D 4D Sensor correction value setting 2E 4E System area Use prohibited 2 4F Heating control output period setting R W 30 50 Primary delay digital filter setting 31 51 Control response parameter 32 52 re System area Use prohibited 33 53 34 54 Setting change rate limiter 95 39 System area Use prohibited 36 56 37 57 Upper limit setting limiter 38 58 Lower limit setting limiter 39 59 CT selection 3A 5A Heater wire breakage alert setting 3B 5B S System area Use prohibited 3C 5C 3D 5D Not used channel setting 1 For the 1562 this area is prohibited to use 2 For the L60TCRT BW this area is prohibited to use 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L60TCRT4BW Address hexadecimal N Read writ ame ead write CH1 CH2 0 Error code 1 2 Decimal point position 5 6 Alert definition 9 A Temperature process value PV D E Manipulated value for heating MVh R 11 12 Temperature rise judgment flag 15 16 Heating transistor output flag 19 1A Set value SV monitor 1D Cold junction temperature process value 1E MAN mode shift completion flag R Memory of PID constants read Write completion flag R 20 40 Input range 21 41 Stop mode setting 22 42 Set value SV setting 23 43 Heating proportional band Ph setting 24 44 Integral time 1 setting 25 45 Derivativ
66. log function Module error collection function 2 6 Performs the A D conversion of analog input value voltage or current from a source such as a flow meter and integrates the digital output value Stores the errors and alarms occurred in the A D converter module to the buffer memory as a history Up to 16 errors and alarms can be stored Collects the errors and alarms occurred in the A D converter module and stores them in the CPU module 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT O Supported Not supported Description A1S64AD L60AD4 Precautions for replacement Clears the error from the system monitor window of the This function can be used on GX Error clear function Works2 orks2 programming tool Saving and restoring offset gain Saves and restores the offset gain values in the user setting values range 1 For the A1S64AD the resolution setting can be selected from 1 4000 1 8000 and 1 12000 for both voltage and current inputs The L60AD4 however does not support the resolution mode To use the same digital value that is used for the A1S64AD set the scaling upper and lower limit values that match the resolution of the A1S64AD using the scaling function 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 2 3 signal comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the I O signal assignment differs For details of the I O signals and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Analo
67. lpn Comparison high speed Set value count value S counter Set value gt count value I module A1SD62D 5 12 24VDC 2 to 5mA 8 A1SD62D S1 Differential input DC input 5 12 24VDC 2 to 5mA The LD62D supports External input The EIA Standard RS 422 A differential Differential input The EIA Standard RS 422 A both DC input and line driver be connected differential line driver can be connected differential input 5 Function start 5 12 24VDC 2 to 5mA External incide 1 point channel 2 points channel output output Recalculation of Internal current consumption internal current 0 25A 0 36A 5VDC a consumption 5VDC is required Weight 0 25kg 0 13kg 6 17 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 Comparison between A1SD62D S1 and LCPU Built in I O function 150620 51 O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible LO2SCPU LO2CPU LO6CPU L26CPU L26CPU BT Compati Precautions for replacement bility 32 points 16 points The number of occupied I O Number of occupied I O points AE y I O assignment special 32 points l O assignment intelligent 16 points points is changed to 16 points Number of channels 2 channels 200K 100K 10K Counting speed switch setting 200K 10K 100K to 10K to 10KPPS 200KPPS 100KPPS o
68. malfunction Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before mounting or removing a module Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Tighten the terminal block screws and the connector screws within the specified torque range Undertightening can cause drop of the component or wire short circuit or malfunction Overtightening can damage the screw and or module resulting in drop short circuit or malfunction After the first use of the product module display unit and terminal block the number of connections disconnections is limited to 50 times in accordance with IEC 61131 2 Exceeding the limit may cause malfunction After the first use of the SD memory card the number of insertions removals is limited to 500 times Exceeding the limit may cause malfunction Do not drop or apply shock to the battery to be installed in the module Doing so may damage the battery causing the battery fluid to leak inside the battery If the battery is dropped or any shock is applied to it dispose of it without using Before handling the module touch a conducting object such as a grounded metal to discharge the static electricity from the human body Failure to do so may cause the module to fail or malfunction Before testing the operation by the positioning function set a low speed value for the speed limit parameter so that the operation can be stopped immediately upon occurrence of a hazar
69. of occupied I O points I O signals and connection buffer memory addresses are changed 4 Performance specifications Not changed 5 Functional specifications Changed Refer to Section 5 3 1 External wiring Cable size is changed A1S64TCTRTBW 2 Number of slots Changed 2 modules occupied 16 intelligent Platinum points resistance L60TCRT4BW 3 Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and thermometer buffer memory addresses are changed connection 4 Performance specifications Not changed 5 Functional specifications Changed Refer to Section 5 3 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE AnS QnAS series Product Heating cooling temperature control module Temperature control module Model A1S64TCTT S1 L60TCTT4 1 2 3 4 5 Tra ion to L series Remarks Restrictions External wiring Cable size is changed Number of slots Not changed Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed Performance specifications Not changed Functional specifications Changed Refer to Section 5 3 A1S64TCTTBW S1 L60TCTT4BW 1 2 3 4 5 External wiring Cable size is changed Number of slots Changed 2 modules occupied 16 intelligent points Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed Performance specifications Not changed Functional specifications Change
70. programmable controller power supply 500VACrms for 1 minute Between external power supply and analog output 500VACrms for 1 minute Compatibility Precautions for replacement Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10MQ or higher 16 points I O assignment intelligent 16 points gt ojo The number of occupied I O points is changed to 16 points 18 point terminal block 0 3 to 0 75mm FG terminal R1 25 3 1 25 YS3 RAV1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Terminals other than FG R1 25 3 Solderless terminals with an insulation sleeve cannot be used Wiring change is required 0 16A 24VDC 20 1596 Ripple spike 500mV or lower 0 18A 4 3A 1000us or less External power supply is required 0 20kg 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 4 2 Functional comparison Description A1S68DAV L60DA4 O Available Not available Precautions for replacement D A conversion enable disable function Sets whether to enable or disable D A conversion for each channel With the L60DAA disabling the D A conversion for an unused channel reduces the conversion cycles D A output enable disable function Sets whether to output the D A conversion value or the offset value for each channel The conversion speed is constant regardless of the output enable disable status Range switching function Sets the output
71. prohibited 233 253 273 293 234 254 274 294 Setting change rate limiter temperature drop R W 235 255 275 295 System area Use prohibited 23C 25C 27C 29C 23D 25D 27D 29D AT simultaneous temperature rise parameter calculation flag R 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4B L60TCRT4BW Name Read write CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 23E 25E 27E 29E Self tuning setting R W 23F 25F 27F 29F Self tuning flag R 2A0 i System area Use prohibited 2B0 Temperature process value PV for input with another analog 2B1 2B2 2B3 2B4 R W module 2B5 2CF m System area Use prohibited 2D0 2E0 2F0 300 2D3 2E3 2F3 303 2D4 2E4 2F4 304 Manual reset amount setting R W 2D5 2E5 2F5 305 Process value PV scaling function enable disable setting R W 2D6 2E6 2F6 306 Process value PV scaling lower limit value R W 2D7 2E7 2F7 307 Process value PV scaling upper limit value R W 2D8 2E8 2F8 308 Process value PV scaling value R 2D9 2E9 2F9 309 Derivative action selection R W 2DA 2EA 2FA 30A Simultaneous temperature rise group setting R W 2DB 2EB 2FB 30B Simultaneous temperature rise gradient data R W 2DC 2EC 2FC 30C Simultaneous temperature rise dead time R W 2DD 2ED 2FD 30D Simultaneous temperature rise AT mode selection R W 2DE 2EE 2FE 30E Simultaneous temper
72. range to be used Offset gain setting function Corrects errors in analog output values Analog output HOLD CLEAR function Sets the status of analog output values HOLD or CLEAR according to the CPU module operating status RUN STOP or stop error The A1S68DAV is set the status for all channels at once using the HLD CLR terminal on the front of the module With L60DA4 HOLD CLEAR is set for each channel Analog output test when CPU module is in STOP status Outputs the converted analog values when Output enable disable flag is forcibly turned on while the CPU module is in the STOP status D A conversion i Enabl Disabl Setting enable disable 5 combi 0 Output enable utput enable nation Enable Disable Enable Disable disable flag Not Analog output test Allowed Not allowed allowed Resolution mode Scaling function Sets the resolution according to the application Scale converts the input digital value to the set range of the scaling upper limit value and scaling lower limit value This omits the programming of the scale conversion Since the resolution differs between AnS series and L series modules it needs to be matched using a sequence program user range settings or the scaling function Refer to Appendix 3 By setting the same scaling upper limits and scaling lower limits as the resolution of A1S68DAV the same digital output values
73. refer to the technical bulletin FA A 0062 There are no alternative models Consider replacement with Q series or consider using a product that can be connected to Mitsubishi programmable controllers Consider replacement with a CC Link system Refer to the Transition from MELSECNET MINI S3 A2C I O to CC Link Handbook L 08061 Consider replacement with a CC Link system CC Link system CC Link LT or AnyWire using a bridge module MELSEC I O LINK master module A1SJ51T64 m Refer to the Transition from MELSEC I OLINK to CC Link LT Handbook L 08062 There are no alternative models Consider replacement with Q series or AS i master module A1SJ71AS92 consider using a product that can be connected to Mitsubishi programmable controllers Create file register in memory card the standard RAM and use the Memory card interface module A1SD59J S2 file register as a substitute Dummy module A1SG62 The MELSEC L series modules require no dummy modules REPLACEMENT OF OTHER MODULES Memo EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 9 1 External Dimensions For external dimensions of modules described in this handbook refer to the user s manual for each module For external dimensions of base units for the MELSEC AnS QnAS small type series refer to the following Transition target Handbook Manual number Transiti ies to L Series Handbook ransition from MELS
74. speed 80us channel imported to A1S68AD be imported as analog Low speed 1ms channel signals In this case use the averaging processing function to remove the effect of noise Voltage 15V Current x30mA o A enannais module Consider of replacing with several LGOAD4 modules Up to 50000 times Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler Between channels Not insulated Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VACrms for 1 minute Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10 or hi igher 16 points The number of occupied I O points is changed to I O assignment intelligent 16 points 16 points 18 point terminal block x 2 0 3 to 0 75mm Wiring needs to be changed R1 25 3 Solderless terminals with an insulation sleeve cannot be used x 0 524 Recalculation or internal current consumption 5VDC is required 0 19kg 2 19 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 3 2 Functional comparison Item A D conversion enable disable function Description Sets whether to enable or disable the A D conversion for each channel By disabling the conversion for the channels that are not used the sampling time can be shortened Supported Not supported Precautions for replacement Sampling processing Time average Performs the A D conversion for analog input values successively for each channe
75. the A1S63ADA set the scaling Scaling function d limit values that lower limit value This omits the programming of the scale UPES ANONG ub conversion match the resolution of the A1S63ADA using the scaling function Outputs an alarm when the digital value is out of the preset Alarm output function range Vene enit Reads the wave data digital input values prepared in advance _ and outputs analog data at the preset conversion cycle 3 Common functions Item Description Sets the resolution according to the application The resolution Available Not available A1S63ADA L60AD2DA2 Precautions for replacement Resolution mode a 4 mode setting is applicable to all channels Converts the analog values input through CH1 and CH2 to Simple loop control function digital values and calculates the converted values with the expression function expression The calculation result is converted to the analog value and output through CH3 Turns on when the external power supply 24VDC is supplied External ly READY When the external power supply READY flag X7 is off A D flag e and D A conversion processing is not performed Stores the errors and alarms occurred in the L60AD2DA42 to the Error log function buffer memory as a history Up to 16 errors and alarms can be O stored Collects the errors
76. the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Outputs may remain on or off due to a failure of a component such as a transistor in an output circuit Configure an external circuit for monitoring output signals that could cause a serious accident In an output circuit when a load current exceeding the rated current or an overcurrent caused by a load short circuit flows for a long time it may cause smoke and fire To prevent this configure an external safety circuit such as a fuse Configure a circuit so that the programmable controller is turned on first and then the external power supply If the external power supply is turned on first an accident may occur due to an incorrect output or malfunction Configure a circuit so that the external power supply is turned off first and then the programmable controller If the programmable controller is turned off first an accident may occur due to an incorrect output or malfunction For the operating status of each station after a communication failure refer to relevant manuals for each network Incorrect output or malfunction due to a communication failure may result in an accident Design Precautions NWARNING When changing data from a peripheral device connected to the CPU module to the running programmable controller configure an interlock circuit in the program to ensure that the entire system will always operate safely For other for
77. the averaging processing function to remove the effect of noise Voltage 15V Current 30mA 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Item A1S63ADA Number of analog output points 1 channels module 1 4000 setting voltage 4000 to 4000 current 0 to 4000 1 8000 setting voltage 8000 to 8000 current 0 to 8000 1 12000 setting voltage 12000 to 12000 current 0 to 12000 Digital input VIG 10 to 0 to 10VDC d External load resistance value 2KQ to 1MQ Analog output Curent 0 to 20mADC External load resistance value 0 to 600Q Digital input value Analog output 4 4000 1 8000 1 12000 Voltage n value Current boa value 4000 8000 12000 10V 20 characteristics 2000 4000 6090 N Tama 0 0 0 0 4mA 2000 4000 6000 5V 4000 8000 12000 10V 1 The offset value is set to OV and the gain value is set to 10V factory default setting 2 The offset value is set to 4mA and the gain value is set to 20mA factory default setting 1 4000 2 5mV 10V 20mA Maximum resolution 1 8000 1 25mV 10V 2 5pA 20mA 1 12000 0 83mV 10 1 20 Overall accuracy Accuracy for the maximum analog output value 1 voltage 100mV current 200 Voltage 12V Current 28mA 1 4000 setting 1ms channel Absolute maximum output Conversion speed 1 8000 setting 2ms channel 1 12000 setting 3ms channel Output short protect
78. time Month Day R 1164 CH3 Trigger detection time Hour Minute R 4165 CH3 Trigger detection time Second Day of the R week 1166 CH4 Trigger detection time First two digits of the R year Last two digits of the year 1167 CH4 Trigger detection time Month Day R 1168 CH4 Trigger detection time Hour Minute R 1169 CH4 Trigger detection time Second Day of the R week 1170 to System area Use prohibited 1299 1300 on Flow amount integration enable disable RIN setting 1301 Flow amount integration enable disable RW setting 1302 Flow amount integration enable disable RW setting 1303 on Flow amount integration enable disable RW setting 1304 to System area Use prohibited 1307 1308 1 Integration cycle setting R W 1309 CH2 Integration cycle setting R W 1310 CH3 Integration cycle setting R W 1311 CH4 Integration cycle setting R W 1312 to System area Use prohibited 1315 1316 CH1 Flow amount time unit setting R W 1317 CH2 Flow amount time unit setting R W 1318 CH3 Flow amount time unit setting R W 1319 CH4 Flow amount time unit setting R W 1320 to System area Use prohibited 1323 1324 CH1 Unit scaling setting R W 1325 CH2 Unit scaling setting R W 1326 CH3 Unit scaling setting R W 1327 CH4 Unit scaling setting R W 1328 to System area Use prohibited 1331 1332 CH1 Integrated flow amount L R 1333 CH1 Integrated flow amount R 1334 CH2 Integrated flow amount L R 1335 CH2 Integrated flow amoun
79. to 1 5mm Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 1 25 YS3 RAV1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Internal current consumption 5VDC 0 40A Weight 2 18 0 27kg 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible L60AD4 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 10 to 10VDC Input resistance value 1MQ 0 to 20mADC Input resistance value 2500 16 bit signed binary 20480 to 20479 A When the scaling function is used 32768 to 232767 Analog input range Digital output value Resolution 0 to 10V 500yV 0 to 5V 0 to 20000 250yV Vit 1 to 5V 200yV oltage g 10 to 10V 20000 to 20000 500uV Since theresolution differs between AnS series and L series modules it needs to be matched 1 to 5V Extended mode 5000 to 22500 200V A using a sequence program user range settings User range setting 20000 to 20000 307uV or the scaling function refer to Appendix 3 0 to 20mA 1000nA 0 to 20000 4 to 20mA 800nA Current 4 to 20mA 5000 to 22500 800nA Extended mode User range setting 20000 to 20000 1230nA Ambient temperature within 25 5 0 1 20 digit Ambient temperature within 0 to 55 C 0 2 40 digit The conversion speed of L60AD4 is faster than High speed 20us channel default A1S68AD Therefore noise which were not Medium
80. volatile memory Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Transformer insulation Between input channels Transformer insulation Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute O Between input channels 500VAC for 1 minute Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 20MQ or more Between input channels 500VDC 20MQ or more 5 12 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 1 Calculate the accuracy in the following method Accuracy Indication accuracy Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy Example Accuracy at the input range of 38 the operating ambient temperature of 35 C and the temperature process value PV of 300 C 400 0 200 0 Full scale x x0 007 0 796 1 0 C Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy 5 2 C 5 1 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE Memo 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE Specifications RE A1S64TCTT S1 A1S64TCTTBW S1 U R D Co LTD Current sensor CTL 12 S36 8 Heater disconnection CTL 6 P H detection specifications Input accuracy Full scale x 1 0 Number of alert 3 to 255 delay Number of occupied I O points 32 points I O assignment special 32 points Connection terminal 20 point terminal block Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm Applic
81. 0 C 0 C to 55 C process value PV Sampling cycle 0 5s Constant regardless of the number of channels used Control output cycle 1 to 100s Input impedance 1MQ Input filter 0 to 100s Sensor correction value setting 50 00 to 50 00 Operation at sensor input disconnection Upscale processing Temperature control method PID ON OFF pulse or two position control E condis Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning setting PID constants range d ii 0 0 to 1000 0 Integral time I 1 to 3600s Derivative time D 0 to 3600s Set value SV setting range Within the temperature range set for the temperature sensor to be used Output signal ON OFF pulse Rated load voltage 10 2 to 30 0VDC 0 1A point 0 4A common current Maximum inrush Transistor output current 0 4A 10ms Leakage current at 0 1mA or lower OFF Maximum voltage 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1A drop at ON 2 5VDC MAX at 0 1A Response time OFF gt ON 2ms or less ON OFF 2ms or less Number of writes to 2 Maximum 100000 times Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Transformer Insulation method Between input channels Transformer Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 Dielectric withstand voltage minute Between input channels 500VAC for 1 minute Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10MQ Insulation resistance
82. 0 05 to 0 2SQ 0 3mm 22 22 AWG or less Applicable wire size A AWG or less 10136 6000EL A6CON2 24 A6CONZ2 24 AWG 28 AWG approx 0 08SQ AWG A differential driver and an open collector are separate module In the default LD75P4 Open collector configuration d pul tput t Diff tial d i llect llect ommand pulse output type ifferential driver open collector pen collector 107504 Differential driver A 18075 0 93 outputs the pulse with positive logic and the LD75P4 D4 outputs with negative logic When an open collector is connected When an open collector is 200KPPS connected 200KPPS Maxi pul 200KPPS dM icu When differential driver is connected When a differential driver is o 400KPPS connected 4MPPS Wh llector i f When open collector is connected 2m ema Seana ean Maximum connection connected 2m r When a differential driver is connected 2m distance between servos When a differential driver is 10m connected 10m LD75P4 Included in the 0 55A After the module is 0 7A or lower Internal current consumption When a differential driver is connected internal A replaced A 5VDC 4 consumption in LD75D4 recalculation of 5VDC OSA the CPU 0 76A current is required module When the LD75P4 D4 executes the flash write 26 times from Maxi th Flash ROM write count Maximum 100000 times Maximum 100000 times 100000 times program an error occurs
83. 0 4A common 0 4A 10ms 0 1mA or lower 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1A 2 5VDC MAX at 0 1A OFF gt ON 2ms or less ON OFF 2ms or less Maximum 1012 times number of read write from to a non volatile memory Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Transformer O O O O O O O O Between input channels Transformer Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute Between input channels 500VAC for 1 minute Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 20 or more Between input channels 500VDC 20MQ or more 5 22 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE Specifications A1S62TCTT S2 A1S62TCTTBW S2 U R D Co LTD Heater Current sensor CTL 12 S36 8 i i CTL 6 P H detection ificati Input accuracy Full scale x 1 0 Number of alert delay 3 to 255 5 23 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible __ So O O O L60TCTT4 L60TCTT4BW U R D Co LTD CTL 12 S36 8 CTL 12 S36 10 CTL 12 S56 10 CTL 6 P H Full scale x 1 0 3 to 255 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 1 Calculate the accuracy in the following method Accuracy Indication accuracy
84. 00 to 1800 1 800 to 3000 1 0 to 400 1 0 to 1800 1 E 0 to 1000 0 0 to 700 0 0 1 N 0 to 1300 1 0 to 2300 1 0 to 400 4 0 to 700 4 U 200 to 200 300 to 400 0 0 to 600 0 0 1 0 to 400 4 0 to 800 4 L 0 to 900 0 to 1600 0 0 to 400 0 0 1 0 0 to 900 0 PL Il 0 to 1200 1 0 to 2300 1 W5Re W26Re 0 to 2300 1 0 to 3000 1 5 25 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE Specifications L60TCTT4 16 points slot assignment intelligent 16 po ints I O assignment intelligent 16 points L60TCTT4BW 16 points 2 slots O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compatibility Precautions for replacement The number of occupied I O points and slots are different 18 point terminal block Two 18 point terminal blocks 22 to 18 AWG x Wiring change is required R1 25 3 0 34A 0 35A Recalculation of internal current consumption 5VDC is required 0 18kg 0 33kg 28 5 W x 90 H x 117 D mm 57 0 W x 90 H x 117 D mm 5 26 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 2 6 A1S62TCRT BW S2 Item Control output Specifications A1S62TCRT S2 A1S62TCRTBW S2 Transistor output Number of temperature input points 2 channels module Applicable temperature sensor Refer to Section 5 2 6 1 Indication accuracy Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 0 3 1 digit
85. 000 0 0 to 3600s 0 to 3600s Within the temperature range set for the temperature sensor to be used ON OFF pulse 10 to 30VDC 0 1A point 0 4A common 0 4A 10ms 0 1mA or lower 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1A 2 5VDC MAX at 0 1A OFF ON 2ms or less ON OFF 2ms or less Maximum 101 times number of read write from to a non volatile memory 1 Calculate the accuracy in the following method Accuracy Indication accuracy Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy Example Accuracy at the input range of 38 the operating ambient temperature of 35 C and the temperature process value PV of 300 C 400 0 200 0 Full scale x x0 007 0 796 1 0 C Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy 5 2 C 5 8 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE Item Insulation method EC IO A1S64TCTRT A1S64TCTRTBW Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Transformer Between input channels Transformer Dielectric withstand voltage Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute Between input channels 500VAC for 1 minute Insulation resistance Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10MQ or more Between input channels 500VDC 10MQ or more Current sensor Heater disconnection detection specific
86. 0mA 1333nA Current 4 to 20mA Extended mode 3000 to 13500 1333nA User range settings 12000 to 12000 1287nA Ambient temperature Analog input range 25 5 0 55 0 to 10V Within 40 2 Within 0 3 10 to 10V 32 digit 48 digit 0 to 5V Voltage 1 2 zm to 1 to 5V Extended mode Within 40 2 Within 40 3 0 to 20mA 24 digit 36 digit 4 to 20mA Current 4 to 20mA Extended mode 80 15 Current 30mA 9 4 22 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Item A1S66ADA Number of analog output points 2 channels module 12 bit bi Digital input it binary value 0 to 4000 voce 10 to 10VDC e External load resistance value 2KQ to 1MQ Analog output 0 to 20mADC Current External load resistance value 0 to 6000 I O characteristics Analog output range Digital input value Resolution to 10V 2 5mV 0 to 5V 1 25mV Voltage 1 to 5V 1 0mV 0 to 4000 Maximum resolution 10 to 10V 5 0mV 0 to 20mA 5 Current 4 to 20mA 4yuA Overall accuracy E o Accuracy for the maximum analog voltage 100mV current 200 output value 240us or less 2 channels Sampling period 80 Voltage 12V Current 28mA Conversion speed Absolute maximum output Output short protection Available Between the input terminal and programmable controller power sup
87. 1 module A1SD75M1 A1SD75M2 A1SD75M3 None There are no alternative models Consider replacement to simple motion module LD77MH4 Note that the entire system needs to be replaced because the existing servo amplifier servomotor and SSCNET cable cannot be used f POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT 7 2 A1SD75P1 S3 P2 S3 P3 S3 7 2 1 Performance specifications comparison L02SCPU L02CPU A1SD75P1 A1SD75P2 A1SD75P3 LD75P4 Compati Precautions for 53 53 53 L26CPU BT LD75D4 bility replacement built in 1 0 function Number of control axes 1 2 3 2 4 of positioning data 40 axis 600 items Zaxis linear Available Available Available Available Interpolation controlor interpolation the built in I O function Position is pseudo interpolation control control For details D M nec Available Available Not available Available Web port Manual Built in 1 0 Function Position i Available Available Available control DONE Speed control Available Available Available Positioning system o es Available Available Available switching control Absolute system Absolute system 214748364 8 to 214748364 7 um 214748364 8 to 1 13421772 8 to 13421772 7 um 214748364 7 um 21474 83648 to 21474 83647 inch 21474 83648 to 1 1342 17728 to 1342 17727 inch 21474 83647 inch 0 to 359 99999 degree 0 to 359 99999 degree
88. 10 7 2 4 Buffer memory address comparison sss eene eene nnns 7 11 7 2 5 External interface specifications comparison sssssssssssssssseeee enne 7 18 CHAPTER8 REPLACEMENT OF OTHER MODULES 8 1to8 2 8 1 Replacement of Other Modules 8 1 CHAPTER9 EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS 9 1to9 2 94 External DIMENSIONS oce 9 1 APPENDICES App 1 to App 7 Appendix 1 Spare Parts Storage 1 Appendix 2 Relevant Manuals App 2 Appendix 2 1 Replacement handbooks nnn nnne nnne App 2 Appendix 2 2 AnS series manuals App 3 Appendix 2 3 Eseries Manuals he dee stade e a Yl S eee LE ML RR A App 4 Appendix 2 4 Programming tool manuals 2 ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeeeseceeaaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeesnnaeees App 4 Appendix How to Change Resolution After Analog I O Module is Replaced App 5 Appendix 3 1 Resolution eerte Rp Fed RE Mu NER eese R dn a quee cda nasa App 5 Appendix 3 2 Using the scaling function of an analog I O module App 5 Appendix 3 3 Adding the sca
89. 12000 332uV Voltage 2 H Since the resolution differs 710 to 10V 16000 to 16000 625uv between AnS series and L series User range settings 12000 to 12000 319uV modules it needs to be matched 0 to 20mA 1666nA 0 to 12000 using a sequence program user Current 4 to 20mA 1333nA range settings or the scaling User range settings 12000 to 12000 696nA function Refer to Appendix 3 Ambient temperature Analog output range 25 5 0 to 55 C 0 to 5V Within 40 2 Within 40 4 1 to 5V 10mV 20mV vonage Within 0 2 Within 0 4 10 to 10V ithin 0 2 ithin x0 496 20mV 40mV 0 to 20mA Within 0 2 Within 0 4 Current 4 to 20mA 40pA 80pA 80 Available Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler Between I O channels Not insulated Between external power supply analog I O channel Transformer Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VACrms for 1 minute Between external power supply and analog I O 500VACrms for 1 minute o Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10MQ or higher 16 points The number of occupied l O points I O assignment intelligent 16 points is changed to 16 points 18 point terminal block x Wiring change is required 0 3 to 0 75mm x R1 25 3 Solderless terminals with an insulation sleeve cannot be used x 24VDC 20 15 Ripple spike 500mVp p or lowe
90. 14 i CH7 limit switch output data setting 130 131 CH8 limit switch output data setting 147 6 11 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 3 A1SD62 E D D S1 6 3 1 Performance specifications comparison 1 Comparison between A1SD62 E and LD62 Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible ti Item A1SD62 E LD62 pho Precautions for replacement a 32 points 16 points The number of occupied I O Number of dl t occupied pointe I O assignment special 32 points I O assignment intelligent 16 points points is changed to 16 points Number of channels 2 channels 3 Set the counter speed in Counting speed switch setting 100K 10K 200K 100K 50K 10KPPS parameter Phase 1 phase input 2 phase input Count input 5VDC signal Signal level 12VDC 2 to 5mA Ge 24VDC 1 ph 7 P ase 100KPPS 10KPPS 200K 100K 50K 10KPPS Counting speed input 2 ph pnt 100KPPS 7KPPS 200K 100K 50K 10KPPS Si the LD62 32 bit Counting range Ee HIRES binary 32 bit signed Dinary bins aed se M gaang 0 to 16777215 2147483648 to 2147483647 9 y qued program needs to be changed Type UP DOWN preset counter ring counter function Minimum count pulse width duty ratio 50 L5 S 200KPPS 5 25 2 5 28 Unit us 2 Minimum phase difference 2 phase input 1
91. 18 to System area Use prohibited 1121 1122 CH1 Logging cycle monitor value s R 1123 CH1 Logging cycle monitor value ms R 1124 CH1 Logging cycle monitor value us R 1125 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value s R 1126 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value ms R 1127 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value us R 1128 CH3 Logging cycle monitor value s R 1129 CH3 Logging cycle monitor value ms R 1130 CH3 Logging cycle monitor value us R 1131 CH4 Logging cycle monitor value s R 1132 CH4 Logging cycle monitor value ms R 1133 CH4 Logging cycle monitor value us R 1134 to System area Use prohibited 1153 4154 CH1 Trigger detection time First two digits of the R year Last two digits of the year 1155 CH1 Trigger detection time Month Day R 1156 CH1 Trigger detection time Hour Minute R 1157 CH1 Trigger detection time Second Day of the R week 4158 CH2 Trigger detection time First two digits of the R year Last two digits of the year 1159 CH2 Trigger detection time Month Day R 1160 CH2 Trigger detection time Hour Minute R 1161 CH2 Trigger detection time Second Day of the R week 1162 CH3 Trigger detection time First two digits of the R year Last two digits of the year 1163 CH3 Trigger detection time Month Day R 1164 CH3 Trigger detection time Hour Minute R 4165 CH3 Trigger detection time Second Day of the R week 4166 CH4 Trigger detection time First two digits of the R year Last two digits of the year 1167 CH4
92. 2 2 a eden d nd ee eade era 3 7 3 2 3 signal comparison 3 8 3 2 4 Buffer memory address comparison ssessssssssse ene nnne 3 9 3 3 A1968DAI ui abt P D d e a a d e add E E e ES 3 11 3 3 1 Performance specifications comparison sse nennen 3 11 3 3 2 rz Wero caer ao 3 15 9 9 9 l Ovsignal compariSOn corretto drei re e nid rone Codd aed onda dua 3 16 3 3 4 Buffer memory address comparison sss eene ennemis 3 17 34 A1968DAV 3 19 3 4 1 Performance specifications comparison sss nennen 3 19 3 4 2 Functional combpariSOR iicet ttm 3 23 3 4 9 W O Signal comparison seien 3 24 3 4 4 Buffer memory address comparison sse eene eene rennen nnns 3 25 10 CHAPTER 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 1to 4 36 4 1 List of Analog I O Module Alternative Models for Replacement 4 1 AQ AVSOSADA EN 4 3 4 2 1 Performance specifications comparison ccceceeeeeeecnecceeeeeeeeeeeseceeeaeaeeeeeeeeeeeseesetsacsusaeeeeeees 4 3 4 2 2 Functional comparison eren enne nere I
93. 3 Level trigger condition setting R W 1059 Level trigger condition setting R W 1060 to System area Use prohibited 1063 1064 CH1 Trigger data R W 1065 CH2 Trigger data R W 1066 CH3 Trigger data R W 1067 CH4 Trigger data R W 1068 to System area Use prohibited 1071 1072 Level data 0 R W 1073 Level data 1 R W 1074 Level data 2 R W 1075 Level data 3 R W 1076 Level data 4 R W 1077 Level data 5 R W 1078 Level data 6 R W 1079 Level data 7 R W 1080 Level data 8 R W 1081 Level data 9 R W 1082 CH1 Trigger setting value R W 1083 CH2 Trigger setting value R W 1084 CH3 Trigger setting value R W 1085 CH4 Trigger setting value R W 1086 to System area Use prohibited 1089 1090 1 Head pointer R 1091 CH2 Head pointer R 1092 CH3 Head pointer R 1093 CH4 Head pointer R 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Read write 1094 to System area Use prohibited 1097 1098 CH1 Latest pointer R 1099 CH2 Latest pointer R 1100 CH3 Latest pointer R 1101 Latest pointer R 1102 to System area Use prohibited 1105 1106 CH1 Number of logging data R 1107 CH2 Number of logging data R 1108 CH3 Number of logging data R 1109 CH4 Number of logging data R 1110 to System area Use prohibited 1113 1114 CH1 Trigger pointer R 1115 CH2 Trigger pointer R 1116 CH3 Trigger pointer R 1117 CH4 Trigger pointer R 11
94. 3 Level trigger condition setting R W 1059 CH4 Level trigger condition setting R W 1060 to System area Use prohibited 1063 1064 CH1 Trigger data R W 1065 CH2 Trigger data R W 1066 CH3 Trigger data R W 1067 CH4 Trigger data R W 1068 to System area Use prohibited 1071 1072 Level data 0 R W 1073 Level data 1 R W 1074 Level data 2 R W 1075 Level data 3 R W 1076 Level data 4 R W 1077 Level data 5 R W 1078 Level data 6 R W 1079 Level data 7 R W 1080 Level data 8 R W 1081 Level data 9 R W 1082 CH1 Trigger setting value R W 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT L60AD4 Address decimal Name Read write 1083 CH2 Trigger setting value R W 1084 CH3 Trigger setting value R W 1085 CH4 Trigger setting value R W 1086 to System area Use prohibited 1089 1090 CH1 Head pointer R 1091 CH2 Head pointer R 1092 CH3 Head pointer R 1093 CH4 Head pointer R 1094 to System area Use prohibited 1097 1098 CH1 Latest pointer R 1099 CH2 Latest pointer R 1100 CH3 Latest pointer R 1101 CHA Latest pointer R 1102 to System area Use prohibited 1105 1106 CH1 Number of logging data R 1107 CH2 Number of logging data R 1108 CH3 Number of logging data R 1109 CH4 Number of logging data R 1110 to System area Use prohibited 1113 1114 CH1 Trigger pointer R 1115 CH2 Trigger pointer R 1116 CH3 Trigger pointer R 1117 CH4 T
95. 4095 Analog input range Digital output value Resolution 0 to 10V 2 5mV 0 to 5V 1 25mV Voltage 1 to 5V 1 0mV 0 to 4000 10 to 10V 5 0mV 0 to 20mA 5 Current characteristics 4 to 20mA 4uA Resolution Overall accuracy Accuracy for the maximum digital Within 196 40 output value 400us or less 4 channels Sampling period 80 Voltage 15V Current 30mA Maximum conversion speed Absolute maximum input A 21 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible L60AD2DA2 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 2 channels module 10 to 10VDC Input resistance value 1MQ 9 DC 0 to 20mA Input resistance value 2500 o 16 bit signed binary 16384 to 16383 When the scaling function is used 32768 to 32767 Analog input range Digital output value Resolution 0 to 10V 0 to 16000 625uV 0 to 5V 416yV 0 to 12000 1 to 5V 333uV e i ince the resolution differs Volt E E Stage 205 d 160001 16000 between series L series F E modules it needs to be matched Extended mode 3000 to 13500 333V A using a sequence program user User range settings 12000 to 12000 321uV range settings or the scaling 0 to 20mA 0 to 12000 1666nA function Refer to Appendix 3 4 to 2
96. 4400 4650 4900 26100 27100 28100 8 1 operator 4402 4652 4902 26102 27102 28102 j 2 4403 4653 4903 26103 27103 28103 4404 4654 4904 26104 27104 28104 E Da 17 1 4405 4655 4905 26105 27105 28105 2 4406 4656 4906 26106 27106 28106 5 Da 18 Parameter 2 4407 4657 4907 26107 27107 28107 No2 4410 to 4419 4660 to 4669 4910 to 4919 26110 to 26119 27110 to 27119 28110 to 28119 26120 to 27120 to 28120 to No 3 4420 to 4429 4670 to 4679 4920 to 4929 26129 27129 28129 26190 to 27190 to 28190 to No 10 4490 to 4499 4740 to 4749 4990 to 4999 26199 27199 28199 1 With the LD75P4 D4 the positioning data buffer memory addresses are No 1 to 600 2 3 There are five start blocks 0 to 4 With the LD75P4 D4LI it is called block start data With the LD75P4 DALI the block start data and condition data in are called start block 0 T 16 A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT Buffer memory address Item of A1SD75PO S3 A1SD75PO S3 LD75P4 D4 Start No 8001 4750 Positioning start Indirect Start No 8002 4501 4751 5001 information designation i i E H Start No 8050 4549 4799 5049 OP 5050 30000 Condition judgment target data CPU module memory area Bh of the condition data 5099 30099 Target axis 5100 Head positioning block No 5101 No of read write data items 5102 Read write request 5103 Read w
97. 48 Alert set value 3 29 49 Alert set value 4 2A 4A Heating upper limit output limiter 2B 4B System area Use prohibited 2C 4 Output variation limiter setting i 2D 4D Sensor correction value setting R W 2bE 4E Adjustment sensitivity dead band setting 2F 4F Heating control output cycle setting 30 50 Primary delay digital filter setting R W 31 51 Control response parameters 32 52 AUTO MAN mode shift R W 33 53 MAN output setting R W Setting change rate limiter Setting change rate limiter 34 54 R W temperature rise 35 55 AT bias R W 36 56 System area Use prohibited 37 57 Upper limit setting limiter RIW 38 58 Lower limit setting limiter 39 59 System area Use prohibited 3A 5A Heater disconnection alert setting R W 3B 5B T System area Use prohibited 3C 5C 3D 5D Unused channel setting R W 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE A1S64TCTRT BW Address hexadecimal N Read write ame ead wri CH2 3E 5E ae System area Use prohibited 3F 5F AO Mode setting for Alert alarm 1 A1 Mode setting for Alert alarm 2 A2 Mode setting for Alert alarm 3 A3 Mode setting for Alert alarm 4 A4 Alert dead band setting A5 Number of alert delay Heater disconnection output off time current error detection delay count R W A7 Temperature rise completion range setting A8 Temperature rise
98. 50 to No 5 Same as No 1 4859 4860 to No 6 Same as No 1 4869 4870 to No 7 Same as No 1 4879 4880 to No 8 Same as No 1 4889 4890 to No 9 Same as No 1 4899 4900 to No 10 Same as No 1 4909 4910 to No 11 Same as No 1 4919 4920 to No 12 Same as No 1 4929 4930 to No 13 Same as No 1 4939 4940 to No 14 Same as No 1 4949 4950 to No 15 Same as No 1 4959 4960 to No 16 Same as No 1 4969 4970 to System area Use prohibited 4999 5000 to 14999 15000 to 24999 Read write 4811 CH1 Logging data When the logging function is used CH2 Logging data When the logging function is used 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 19 L60AD2DA2 Address Readiwrit decimal System area Use prohibited When the logging function is used Wave data registry area When the wave output R W function is used System area Use prohibited 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Memo 4 20 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 3 A1S66ADA 4 3 1 Performance specifications comparison Item A1S66ADA Number of analog input points 4 channels module Vollnge 10 to 0 to 10VDC e Input resistance value 1 Analog input 0 to 20mADC Current Input resistance value 2500 12 bit bi Digital output it binary value 0 to
99. 6715 139870 A1SD75P1 S3 P2 S3 P3 S3 AD75P1 S3 P2 S3 P3 S3 Positioning Module 14 IB 66716 13 871 User s Manual 15 Type A1S62LS User s Manual 1B 66647 139837 16 High Speed Counter Module Type A1SD61 User s Manual 1B 66337 139674 High Speed Counter Module Type A1SD62 A1SD62E A1SD62D S1 User s 17 1B 66593 139816 Manual 18 Pulse catch module type A1SP60 Hardware User s Manual 1B 66477 13JE61 19 Analog timer module type A1ST60 Hardware User s Manual 1B 66479 13JE57 20 AJ71B62 S3 A1SJ71B62 S3 B NET Interface Module User s Manual IB 68930 13JM67 21 Analog input output module type A1S63ADA User s Manual 1B 66435 13JE30 22 Analog Input Output Module Type A1S66ADA User s Manual 1B 66819 13JL41 MELSECNET MINI S3 Master Module Type AJ71PT32 S3 AJ71T32 S3 23 1B 66565 13JE64 A1SJ71PT32 S3 A1SJ71T32 S3 User s Manual 24 AS i Master module type A1SJ71AS92 User s Manual SH 080085 13JR15 25 A1SD59J S2 MIF Memory Card Interface Module User s Manual SH 080056 13JR05 App Appendix 2 3 L series manuals No 1 Manual name Programmable Controllers MELSEC L Series Manual number Model code L 08159E MELSEC L Analog Digital Converter Module User s Manual 2 SH 080899ENG 13J242 L60AD4 MELSEC L Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual 3 SH 080900ENG 13 243 L60DA4 MELSEC L Analog I O Module User s Manual 4 SH 081167ENG 13JZ87 L60AD2DA2 MELSEC L Temperature Control Module User s
100. 75 0 53 LD75P4 D4 Module READY x00 Axis 1 Positioning start Y10 Y10 Axis 1 Start complete X01 X10 Axis 2 Positioning start Y11 Y11 Axis 2 Start complete X02 X11 Axis 3 Positioning start Y12 Y12 Axis 3 Start complete X03 X12 Axis 4 Positioning start Y13 Axis 4 Start complete X13 Axis 1 Stop Y13 Y04 Axis 1 BUSY X04 Axis 2 Stop Y14 Y05 Axis 2 BUSY X05 Axis 3 Stop Y1C Y06 Axis 3 BUSY X06 Axis 4 Stop Y07 7 Axis 1 Forward run JOG Axis 4 BUSY XOF Y16 Y08 start Axis 1 Positioni Axis 1 JOG is 1 Positioning X07 X14 xis 1 Reverse run 17 YO9 complete start Axis 2 Positioni Axis 2 F JOG is 2 Positioning X08 X45 xis 2 Forward run Y18 YOA complete start Axis 3 Positioni Axis 2 R JOG is 3 Positioning X09 x16 xis 2 Reverse run Y19 YOB complete start Axis 4 Positioni Axis 3 F JOG is 4 Positioning _ x17 xis 3 Forward run VIA YOC complete start Axis 3 Reverse JOG Axis 1 Error detection X08 Y1B YOD start Axis 4 Forward run JOG Axis 2 Error detection X0B X09 YOE start Axis 4 Reverse run JOG Axis 3 Error detection YOF Start Axis 4 Error detection X0B PLC READY Y1D YOO Axis 1 Execution Axis 1 M code ON X04 M Y14 prohibition flag Axis 2 Execution Axis 2 M code ON XOE X05 NE Y15 prohibition flag Axis 3 Execution Axis 3 M code ON XOF X06 Y16 prohibition flag Axis 4 Execution Axis 4 M code ON X07 Fate Y17 prohibition flag Synchroniza
101. 9 Alert set value 4 2A 4A 6A 8A Upper limit output limiter 2B 4B 6B 8B Lower limit output limiter 2C 4 6 8 Output variation limiter setting RIW 2D 4D 6D 8D Sensor correction value setting 2E 4E 6E 8E Adjustment sensitivity dead band setting 2F 4F 6F 8F Control output cycle setting 30 50 70 90 Primary delay digital filter setting 31 51 71 91 Control response parameters 32 52 72 92 AUTO MAN mode shift 33 53 73 93 MAN output setting Setting change rate limiter Setting change rate limiter 34 54 74 94 temperature rise 35 55 75 95 AT bias 36 56 76 96 Forward reverse action setting 37 57 7T 97 Upper limit setting limiter 38 58 78 98 Lower limit setting limiter 39 59 79 99 System area Use prohibited 3A 5A 9 Heater disconnection alert setting 3B 5B 7B 9B Loop disconnection detection judgment time RIW 3C 5C 7 9C Loop disconnection detection dead band 3D 5D 7D 9D Unused channel setting 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE A1S64TCTT BW S1 A1S64TCRT BW S1 Address hexadecimal Name Read write System area Use prohibited 3F 5F TF 9F Alert alarm 1 mode setting A1 Alert alarm 2 mode setting A2 Alert alarm 3 mode setting A3 Alert alarm 4 mode setting A4 Alert dead band setting A5 Number of alert delays A6 Number of delays for heater disconnection current error detection when output is turned off R W
102. APPLICATION NOT INTENDED OR EXCLUDED BY INSTRUCTIONS PRECAUTIONS OR WARNING CONTAINED IN MITSUBISHI S USER INSTRUCTION AND OR SAFETY MANUALS TECHNICAL BULLETINS AND GUIDELINES FOR the PRODUCT Prohibited Application Prohibited Applications include but not limited to the use of the PRODUCT in Nuclear Power Plants and any other power plants operated by Power companies and or any other cases in which the public could be affected if any problem or fault occurs in the PRODUCT Railway companies or Public service purposes and or any other cases in which establishment of a special quality assurance system is required by the Purchaser or End User Aircraft or Aerospace Medical applications Train equipment transport equipment such as Elevator and Escalator Incineration and Fuel devices Vehicles Manned transportation Equipment for Recreation and Amusement and Safety devices handling of Nuclear or Hazardous Materials or Chemicals Mining and Drilling and or other applications where there is a significant risk of injury to the public or property Notwithstanding the above restrictions Mitsubishi may in its sole discretion authorize use of the PRODUCT in one or more of the Prohibited Applications provided that the usage of the PRODUCT is limited only for the specific applications agreed to by Mitsubishi and provided further that no special quality assurance or fail safe redundant or other safety features which exceed the general specifica
103. AT Temperature increase complete range setting A8 Temperature increase complete soak time setting A9 PID continue flag AA Heater voltage correction function setting AB AC AD AE Standard heater current value AF Transistor output monitor ON delay time setting BO CT monitor method switch B1 B2 B3 B4 Manipulation value MV 0 to 4000 R B5 System area Use prohibited Cold junction temperature correction selection 1 B6 This area can be used with the software version F or R W later q For the A1S64TCRT BW S1 this area is prohibited to use 3 Point Default values for the A series modules and L series modules may be different To apply an A series program using a default value to an L series module review the program For details refer to the user s manual for the L series module used 5 57 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L6E0TCRT4BW Address hexadecimal Nam Read write ame ad wri 3E 5E Memory of PID constants read instruction RIW 3F 5F 9F Automatic backup setting after auto tuning of PID constants 1 XU A2 System area Use prohibited 4 Alert dead band setting 5 Number of alert delay AG Heater disconnection output off time current error detection delay count R W AT Temperature rise completion range setting A8 Temperature rise completion soak time
104. BW and L series modules standard control 0 Read write CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 0 Error code 1 2 3 4 Decimal point position 5 6 7 8 Alert detail 9 A B Temperature process value PV D E 10 Manipulated value MV R 11 12 13 14 Temperature rise judgment flag 15 16 17 18 Transistor output flag 19 1A 1B 1 Measured heater current value 1D Cold junction temperature process value 1E MAN mode shift completion flag 1E System area Use prohibited 20 40 60 80 Input range 21 41 61 81 Stop mode setting 22 42 62 82 Set value SV setting 23 43 63 83 Proportional band P setting 24 44 64 84 Integral time 1 setting 25 45 65 85 Derivative time D setting 26 46 66 86 Setting of Alert alarm 1 27 47 67 87 Setting of Alert alarm 2 28 48 68 88 Setting of Alert alarm 3 29 49 69 89 Setting of Alert alarm 4 2A 4A 6A 8A upper limit output limiter 2B 4B 6B 8B Lower limit output limiter 2C 4 6 8 Output variation limiter 2D 4D 6D 8D Sensor correction value setting 2E 4E 6E 8E Adjustment sensitivity dead band setting 2F 4F 6F 8F Control output period setting R W 30 50 70 90 Primary delay digital filter setting 31 51 71 91 Control response parameter 32 52 72 92 AUTO MAN mode switching 33 53 73 93 MAN output setting 34 54 74 94 Setting change rate limiter 35 55 75 95 AT bias 36 56 76 96 Forward reverse action setting 37 57
105. C for 1 minute Insulation resistance Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10MQ or more Between input channels 500VDC 10 or more Current sensor Heater disconnection detection specifications Input accuracy Number of alert delay U R D Co LTD CTL 12 S36 8 CTL 6 P H Full scale x 1 0 3 to 255 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specifications L60TCRT4 L60TCRT4BW Compatibility Precautions for replacement Transistor output Standard control 4 channels module the standard control and heating Heating cooling control 2 channels module O cooling conto combined in the L series module Refer to Section 5 2 6 1 O Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 0 396 Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 C Full scale x 0 7 250ms 4 channels 500ms 4 channels Constant regardless of the number of The sampling cycle can be selected channels used o in the L series module 0 55 to 100 05 1MQ 0 to 100s 50 00 to 50 00 Upscale processing PID ON OFF pulse or two position control Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning 0 0 to 1000 0 0 to 3600s 0 to 3600s Within the temperature range set for the te
106. C AnS series CPU modules A generic term for the AINCPU ATNCPUP21 R21 ATNCPUP21 S3 A2NCPU AnNCPU A2NCPU S1 A2NCPUP21 R21 A2NCPUP21 R21 S1 A2NCPUP21 S3 S4 A3NCPU ASNCPUP21 R21 and 21 53 A generic term for the A2ACPU 2 51 ASACPU A2ACPUP21 R21 AnACPU A2ACPUP21 R21 S1 and ASACPUP21 R21 AnUCPU A generic term for the A2UCPU A2UCPU S1 A3UCPU and A4UCPU AnUS H CPU A generic term for the A2USCPU A2USCPU S1 A2USHCPU S1 A AnSCPU A generic term for MELSEC A series and MELSEC AnS series CPU modules AnN AnACPU A generic term for the ANNCPU and AnACPU AnN AnA AnSCPU A generic term for the ANNCPU AnACPU and AnSCPU QnACPU A generic term for MELSEC QnA series CPU modules QnASCPU A generic term for MELSEC QnAS series CPU modules QnA QnASCPU A generic term for MELSEC QnA series and MELSEC QnAS series CPU modules A AnS QnA QnASCPU A generic term for A series AnS series QnA series and QnAS series CPU modules QCPU A generic term for MELSEC Q series CPU modules LCPU A generic term for MELSEC L series CPU modules A 14 1 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION 1 1 Advantages of Transition to L Series Advantage 1 Advanced performance of equipments shortened takt time In addition to the processing performance improvement for L series CPU the processing speed for L series intelligent function module is also increased so that the equipment capability to improve is possible Advantage 2 B
107. Clears the error from the system monitor window of the programming This function can be used on the Error clear function tool GX Works2 Saving and restoring offset P DUE Saves and restores the offset gain values in the user setting range gain values 1 For the A1S62DA the resolution setting can be selected from 1 4000 1 8000 and 1 12000 for both voltage and current inputs The L60DA4 however does not support the resolution mode To use the same digital value that is used for the A1S62DA set the scaling upper and lower limit values that match the resolution of the A1S62DA using the scaling function 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 2 3 I O signal comparison Device No 1 2 X3 X4 X5 X6 XT X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16 X17 X18 X19 X1A X1B X1C X1D X1E X1F Sequence programs need to be changed because the I O signal assignment differs For details of the I O signals and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual A1S62DA L60DA4 Signal name WDT error flag A1S62DA detection D A conversion READY Error flag Use prohibited Device No YO Y1 Y2 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 YD Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 Y19 Y1A Y1B 1 Y1D Y1E Y1F
108. Cold junction Temperature process value Within 1 0 C temperature 100 C or more racy compensation Temperature process value Within 2 0 accuracy 150 C to 100 C ambient Temperature process value E temperature Within 3 0 C 200 C to 150 C 0 to 55 Sampling cycle 0 5s Constant regardless of the number of channels used Control output cycle 1 to 100s Input impedance 1MQ Input filter 0 to 100s Sensor correction value setting 50 00 to 50 00 Operation at sensor input disconnection Temperature control method PID constants setting PID constants range Integral time I Upscale processing PID ON OFF pulse or two position control Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning 0 0 to 1000 0 1 to 3600s Proportional band P Derivative time D 0 to 3600s Set value SV setting range Within the temperature range set for the temperature sensor to be used Output signal ON OFF pulse Rated load voltage 10 2 to 30 0VDC Maximum load current 0 1A point 0 4A common Maximum inrush current Transistor output 0 4A 10ms Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA or lower Maximum voltage drop at ON 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1A 2 5VDC MAX at 0 1A Response time OFF gt ON 2ms or less ON OFF 2ms or less Number of writes to E27PROM Maximum 100000 times Insulation method Between the input terminal and p
109. Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy Example Accuracy at the input range of 38 the operating ambient temperature of 35 and the temperature process value PV of 300 C 400 0 200 0 Full scale x 0 007 0 7 1 0 C Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy 5 2 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE Specifications EE A1S62TCTT S2 A1S62TCTTBW S2 Number of occupied I O points 32 points I O assignment special 32 points Connection terminal 20 point terminal block Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 1 25 YS3 RAV1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Internal current consumption 0 19A 0 28A Weight 0 25kg 0 28kg External dimensions 34 5 W x 130 H x 93 6 D mm 1 List of thermocouple type temperature measurement range and resolution Thermocouple Temperature measure Temperature measure type Resolution Resolution ment range ment range R 0 to 1700 1 0 to 3000 1 0 to 500 0 to 1000 0 to 800 1 1 0 to 2400 0 to 1300 K 200 0 to 400 0 0 0 to 400 0 0 1 0 0 to 1000 0 0 1 0 0 to 500 0 0 0 to 800 0 0 to 500 0 to 1000 0 to 800 1 0 to 1600 1 J 0 to 1200 0 to 2100 0 0 to 400 0 0 0 to 500 0 0 1 0 0 to 1000 0 0 1 0 0 to 800 0 200 to 400 200 to 200 0 to 700 4 0 to 200 300 to 400 0 to 400 200 0 to 400 0 0 1 0 0 to 700 0 0 1 0 0 to 400 0 S 0 to 1700 1 0 to 3000 1 B 4
110. D A conversion enable disable Sets whether to enable or disable D A conversion for each With the L60AD2DA4 disabling the D A conversion for an function channel o unused channel reduces the conversion cycles Sets whether to output the D A conversion value or the offset D A output enable disable value for each channel function The conversion speed is constant regardless of the output o enable disable status Range switching function Sets the output range to be used The A1S63ADA is set the status for all channels at once using the HLD CLR terminal on th Sets the status of analog output values HOLD or CLEAR lt S i Analog au M E according to the CPU module operating status RUN STOP or ith the function POEM pu o L60AD2DAG the status can be stop error set for each channel on the Switch Setting window of GX Works2 Outputs the D A converted analog values when Output Analog output test when CP nalog output test when CRU enable disable flag is forcibly turned on while the CPU module is module is in STOP status 4 9 in the STOP status 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Item Description Scale converts the digital input value to the set range of the D A conversion scaling upper limit value and D A conversion scaling A1S63ADA L60DA4 Available Not available Precautions for replacement To use the same digital input value that is used for
111. DC peak voltage 30 0V Maximum load current 0 1A point 0 4A common Maximum inrush Transistor output current 0 4A 10ms Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA or lower Maximum voltage drop at ON 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1A 2 5VDC MAX at 0 1A Response time OFF gt ON 2ms or less ON OFF 2ms or less Number of writes to EPROM Maximum 101 times number of read write from to the FeRAM 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible _ L60TCRT4 L60TCRT4BW Compatibility Precautions for replacement Transistor output The standard control heating cooling control be combined in the L series module Standard control 4 channels module Heating cooling control 2 channels module Refer to Section 5 2 2 1 Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 0 3 Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 C Full scale x 0 7 1 250ms 4 channels 500ms 4 channels Constant regardless of the number of The sampling cycle can be selected channels used 0 5s to 100 0s 1MO 0 to 100s 50 00 to 50 0096 Upscale processing in the L series module O PID ON OFF pulse or two position control Standard control Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning Heating cooling control be set by auto tuning 0 0 to 1
112. EC AnS QnAS Small Type Series to L Series Handboo LOB258ENG Fundamentals EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS Memo APPENDICES Appendix 1 Spare Parts Storage 1 The general specifications of programmable controllers are as follows Please do not 2 3 4 5 App 1 store spare parts under a high temperature or high humidity condition even within the range guaranteed by the specifications Storage ambient temperature 20 to 75 C Storage ambient humidity 10 to 90 no condensation Store in a place avoiding direct sunlight Store under condition with less dust or no corrosive gas The battery capacity of a A6BAT battery or a lithium coin battery commercially available for memory card will be decreased by its self discharging even when not used Replace it with new one in 5 years as a guideline For a power supply module CPU module with built in power supply or analog module that use any aluminum electrolytic capacitor which is indicated in the table below take the following measures since the characteristics will be deteriorated when the aluminum electrolytic capacitor is left un energized for a long time Product Model AnS series CPU module a A1SJHCPU Power supply built in type Power supply module A1S61PN A1S62PN A1S63P A1S64AD A1S68AD A1S62DA A1S68DAI A1S68DAV A1S63ADA Analog module A1S66ADA Countermeasures for preventing aluminum electrolytic capacitor characteristics deterioratio
113. ING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 3 Functional Comparison Description Auto tuning function The temperature control module automatically sets the optimal PID constants Self tuning function The temperature control module constantly monitors the control status If the control is affected by disturbance the module automatically changes or sets PID constants for the optimum control Forward action reverse action selection function Selects and controls the heating control reverse action or cooling control forward action RFB limiter function Suppresses the manipulated value overshoot which frequently occurs when the set value SV or the control target is changed Sensor correction function Corrects the difference between the temperature process value PV and actual temperature caused due to the measurement status Unused channel setting Specifies to not execute the PID operation in a channel that do not perform temperature control PID control forced stop Forcibly stops the PID operation in a channel that temperature control is in process Heater disconnection detection function Measures the current that flows in the heater main circuit and detects the disconnection Output off time current error detection function Measures the current that is flowing in the heater main circuit when the transistor output is off and detects the output off time current error Loop di
114. L 83 Common for axis 1 2 3 Common for axis 1 2 3 4 1 test mode flag 450 1200 Md 2 Module name 451 452 453 Md 3 OS type 454 455 456 Md 4 OS version 457 Md 5 Clock data Hour minute 460 Md 6 Clock data Second 100ms 461 m Pointer number 0 to 15 Md 7 Start axis 462 to 537 1212 to 1287 LD75P4 D4 Md 3 Start information Md 8 Operation type 463 to 538 1213 to 1288 LD75P4 D4 Md 4 Start No D 2 Md 9 Start time Hour minute LD75P4 D4 Md 5 Start Day hour 8 Md 10 Start time Second 100ms 465 to 540 1215 to 1290 LD75P4 D4 Mg 6 Start Minute second Md 11 Error judgment 466 to 541 1216 to 1291 Md 12 Start history pointer 542 1292 Pointer number 0 to 15 Md 13 Start axis 5 543 to 618 Md 14 Operation type 544 to 619 Md 15 Start time Hour minute 5 545 to 620 Md 16 Start time Second 100ms 546 to 621 Md 17 Error judgment 5 547 to 622 Md 18 Start history pointer at error 623 Pointer number 0 to 15 Md 19 Axis in which the error occurred 624 to 684 1293 to 1353 Md 20 Axis error No 625 to 685 1294 to 1354 Md 21 Axis error occurrence time Hour minute gt LD75P4 D4 8 626 to 686 1295 to 1355 Md 11 Axis error occurrence Day hour 5 Md 22 Axis error occurrence time Second 100ms LD75P4 D4 627 to 687 1296 to 1356 Md 12 Axis error occurrence Minute second Md 23 Error history pointer 688 1357 Pointer numbe
115. MAX at 0 1A Response time OFF ON 2ms or less ON OFF 2ms or less Number of writes to 2 Maximum 1012 times number of read write from to the FeRAM 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible 1 Specifications L60TCTT4 L60TCTT4BW Compatibility Precautions for replacement Transistor output O The standard control and heating O cooling control can be combined in Standard control 4 channels module Heating cooling control 2 channels module the L series module Refer to Section 5 2 1 1 O Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 0 396 Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 C Full scale x 0 7 Within 1 0 1 Within 2 0 C Within 3 0 C 1 250ms 4 channels 500ms 4 channels Constant regardless of the number of The sampling cycle can be selected channels used 0 5s to 100 0s 1MQ 0 to 100s 50 00 to 50 00 Upscale processing in the L series module PID ON OFF pulse or two position control Standard control Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning Heating cooling control Can be set by auto tuning 0 0 to 1000 0 0 to 3600s 0 to 3600s Within the temperature range set for the temperature sensor to be used ON OFF pulse 10 to 30VDC 0 1A point 0 4A common 0 4A 10ms 0 1mA
116. MITSUBISHI Mitsubishi Programmable Controller Transition from MELSEC AnS QnAS Small Type Series to L Series Handbook Intelligent Function Modules INPUT o0 240VaC M N 50 60Hz 130VA OUTPUT 5VDC 5A D MERES SA a yt SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Read these precautions before using this product Before using this product please read this handbook and the relevant manuals introduced in this handbook carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctly In this manual the safety precautions are classified into two levels N WARNING and CAUTION WARNING Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions resulting in death or severe injury Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions CAUTION resulting in minor or moderate injury or property damage Under some circumstances failure to observe the precautions given under A CAUTION may lead to serious Consequences Observe the precautions of both levels because they are important for personal and system safety Design Precautions Configure safety circuits external to the programmable controller to ensure that the entire system operates safely even when a fault occurs in the external power supply or the programmable controller Failure to do so may result in an accident due to an
117. Manual 5 SH 081000ENG 13JZ64 L60TCTT4 LGOTCTT4BW L60TCRTA LGOOTCRTABW MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built In I O Function 6 SH 080892ENG 13JZ38 LO2CPU LO2CPU P L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT MELSEC L High Speed Counter Module User s Manual 7 SH 080920ENG 13JZ49 LD62 LD62D MELSEC L LD75P LD75D Positioning Module User s Manual 8 SH 080911ENG 13JZ46 LD75P LD75D MELSEC L LD77MH Simple Motion Module User s Manual Positioning 9 Control 1B 0300172 1XB942 LD77MH4 LD77MH16 MELSEC Q L QD77MS LD77MH Simple Motion Module User s Manual 10 Synchronous Control 1B 0300174 1XB943 LD77MH4 LD77MH16 Appendix 2 4 Programming tool manuals No Manual number Model code 1 Works2 Version 1 Operating Manual Common SH 080779ENG 13JU63 2 Works2 Version 1 Operating Manual Intelligent Function Module SH 080921ENG 13JU69 3 GX Developer Version 8 Operating Manual SH 080373E 130041 App 4 Appendix 3 to Change Resolution After Analog I O Module is Replaced This section describes how to change the resolution of an analog I O module after the module is replaced from AnS series to L series Appendix 3 1 Resolution The following table lists the resolutions of the AnS series and L series analog I O modules Each AnS series analog I O module has different resolution Please check the resolution of the module in this handbook or user s manual If the resolution differ
118. O O O O O O BW only O BW only O BW only O BW only O BW only O BW only O BW only O BW only O BW only O BW only O BW only O BW only O O FeRAM O O O O O O O O 1 When an L series module is used for the temperature control heating cooling temperature control the control mode setting standard control mode or heating cooling control mode using the switch setting is required 2 This function can be used on GX Works2 5 34 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 4 Signal Comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the I O signal assignment differs For details of the I O signals and sequence programs refer to the user manual for each module 5 4 1 A1S64TCTRT BW L series modules standard control A1S64TCTRT BW Signal name Watchdog timer error Device No Signal name L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L60TCRT4BW YO flag Temperature control x1 Y1 module READY flag X2 Write error flag Y2 X3 Hardware error flag X4 CH1 tuning status flag Y4 X5 2 tuning status flag Y5 X6 CH3 tuning status flag Y6 tuning status flag Y7
119. R 1382 CH3 Integrated flow amount clear flag R 1383 CHA Integrated flow amount clear flag R 1384 to System area Use prohibited 1799 2 29 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 1 List of Analog Output Module Alternative Models for Replacement AnS QnAS series Transition to L series Product Model Model Remarks Restrictions 1 External wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and A1S62DA L60DA4 buffer memory addresses are changed 4 Performance specifications Changed Four channels per module and an external power supply 24VDC are required 5 Functional specifications Not changed 1 External wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Changed Two modules are required 3 Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and Analog output module A1S68DAI L60DAA buffer memory addresses are changed 4 Performance specifications Changed An external power supply 24VDC is required 5 Functional specifications Not changed 1 External wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Changed Two modules are required 3 Program The number of occupied l O points I O signals A1S68DAV L60DA4 buffer memory addresses are changed 4 Performance specifications Changed An external power supply 24VDC is required 5 Functional specifications Not changed
120. RAW 2D 4D 6D 8D Sensor correction value setting 2E 4E 6E 8E Adjustment sensitivity dead band setting 2F 4F 6F 8F Control output cycle setting 30 50 70 90 Primary delay digital filter setting 31 51 71 91 Control response parameters 32 52 72 92 AUTO MAN mode shift 33 53 73 93 MAN output setting Setting change rate limiter Setting change rate limiter 34 54 74 94 temperature rise 35 55 75 95 AT bias 36 56 76 96 Forward reverse action setting 37 57 7T oF Upper limit setting limiter 38 58 78 98 Lower limit setting limiter 39 59 79 99 System area Use prohibited 3A 5A 9 Heater disconnection alert setting 3B 5B 7B 9B Loop disconnection detection judgment time RIW 3C 5C 7 9C Loop disconnection detection dead band 3D 5D 7D 9D Unused channel setting 1 For the L60TCRT4 BW this area is prohibited to use 5 44 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE A1S64TCTRT BW Address hexadecimal Name Read write 5E 9E Self tuning setting R W 3F 5F 7F 9F Self tuning flag R Mode setting for Alert alarm 1 A1 Mode setting for Alert alarm 2 A2 Mode setting for Alert alarm 3 A3 Mode setting for Alert alarm 4 A4 Alert dead band setting A5 Number of alert delay AG Heater disconnection output off time current error detection delay count R W AT Temperature rise completion range setting A8 Temperature rise completion soak time
121. ROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 2 2 A1S64TCTRT BW platinum resistance thermometer connection Item Control output NN NN A1S64TCTRT A1S64TCTRTBW Transistor output Number of temperature input points Standard control 4 channels module Heating cooling control 2 channels module Applicable temperature sensor Refer to Section 5 2 2 1 Indication accuracy Sampling cycle Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 0 3 1 digit Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 Full scale x 0 7 1 digit 0 5s Constant regardless of the number of channels used Control output cycle 1 to 100s Input impedance 1MO Input filter 0 to 100s Sensor correction value setting 50 00 to 50 00 Operation at sensor input disconnection Upscale processing Temperature control method Standard control PID ON OFF pulse or two position control Heating cooling control PID ON OFF pulse PID constants setting Standard control Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning Heating cooling control Can be set by auto tuning Proportional band P PID constants range Standard control 0 0 to 1000 0 Heating cooling control 0 1 to 1000 0 Integral time I 1 to 3600s Derivative time D 0 to 3600s Set value SV setting range Within the temperature range set for the temperature sensor to be used Output signal Rated load voltage ON OFF pulse 10 2 to 30V
122. RT S2 A1S62TCRTBW S2 Number of occupied I O points 32 points I O assignment special 32 points Connection terminal 20 point terminal block Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 1 25 YS3 RAV1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Internal current consumption 0 19A 0 28A Weight 0 25kg 0 28kg External dimensions 34 5 W x 130 H x 93 6 D mm 1 List of usable platinum resistance thermometer temperature measurement range and resolution Platinum resistance thermometer Temperature Temperature Resolution Resolution type measurement range measurement range 200 0 to 600 0 0 1 300 to 1100 200 0 to 200 0 i 300 0 to 300 0 200 0 to 500 0 300 to 900 JPt100 200 0 to 200 0 300 0to 300 0 0 to 300 0 5 31 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specifications L60TCRT4 L60TCRT4BW Compatibility Precautions for replacement 16 points slot 16 points 2 slots 3 The number of occupied I O points assignment intelligent 16 points I O assignment intelligent 16 points and slots are different 18 point terminal block Two 18 point terminal blocks 22 to 18 AWG x Wiring change is required R1 25 3 01A 0 35A Recalculation of internal current consumption 5VDC is required 0 18kg 0 33kg 28 5 W x 90 H x 117 D mm 57 0 W x 90 H x 117 D mm 5 2 5 HEATING COOL
123. T A1SD62 E D D S1 LD62 D Device Signal name CH1 Counter value large Device Signal name Device No Signal name Device No Signal name CH1 Coincidence signal DU point No 1 g 1 ce Counter value v4 coincidence point No 1 x2 kd Counter value small 1 CH1 preset request Y3 detection x4 Counter value large YA point No 1 X5 che Counter value 5 coincidence point No 1 X6 coe Counter value small Y6 point No 1 x CH2 External preset request v7 detection X8 CH1 Counter value large Wu Use prohibited al point No 2 X9 CH1 Counter value WE i coincidence point No 2 XA CH1 Counter value small YA 1 point No 2 XB CH2 Counter value large SH Al point No 2 XC CH2 Counter value vm coincidence point No 2 XD CH2 Counter value small sm 4 point No 2 XE power cutoff YE detection flag XF x10 Y10 CH1 Coincidence signal reset command X11 Y11 CH1 Preset command x12 Y12 CH1 Coincidence signal enable command X13 Y13 CH1 Down count command X14 Y14 CH1 Count enable command X15 Y15 CH1 Count value read request x16 Y16 CH1 Counter function T selection start command se prohibite S gt xi7 YA7 CH2 Coincidence signal reset command X18 Y18 CH2 Preset command x19 Y19 CH2 Coincidence signal
124. T Temperature rise completion range setting A8 Temperature rise completion soak time setting A9 PID continuation flag AA Heater disconnection correction function selection AB AC System area Use prohibited AF Transistor output monitor ON delay time setting RIW BO CT monitor method switching B1 B2 Manipulated value of heating MVh for output with another R analog module Resolution of the manipulated value for output with another B5 R W analog module B6 Cold junction temperature compensation selection R W B7 Control switching monitor R B8 B9 Auto tuning mode selection R W co Alert 1 mode setting C1 Alert 2 mode setting z R W C2 Alert 3 mode setting Alert 4 mode setting DO EO Alert 1 mode setting D1 E1 Alert 2 mode setting R W D2 E2 Alert 3 mode setting D3 E3 Alert 4 mode setting 100 to 107 Heater current measurement value R 108 to 10F CT input channel assignment setting 110 to 117 CT selection R W 118 to 11F Reference heater current value 220 240 2 point sensor compensation offset value measured value R W 2 point sensor compensation offset value compensation 221 241 R W value 222 242 2 point sensor compensation gain value measured value R W 223 243 2 point sensor compensation gain value compensation value R W 224 244 2 point sensor compensation offset latch request R W 225 245 2 point sensor compensation offset la
125. Use prohibited X16 Y16 X17 Y17 X18 Y18 X19 Y19 1 Y1A Offset gain selection X1B Y1B 1 1 X1D Y1D Offset gain setting X1E u 4 Use prohibited X1F 4 11 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 2 4 Buffer memory address comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the buffer memory address assignment differs For details of the buffer memory areas and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Analog I O Module User s Manual A1S63ADA L60AD2DA2 Address Read write Addr baad Name Read write decimal decimal 0 A D D A conversion enable disable setting 0 A D conversion enable disable setting CH1 Time Average Count Average Moving 1 A D tt 1 conversion averaging setting Average RIW CH2 Time A Count Movi 2 1 averaging time count setting 2 PVETEJE NSVS Average 3 CH2 averaging time count setting 3 4 CH3 output upper limit value setting R W 4 5 CH3 output lower limit value setting 5 6 Simple loop control type setting 6 System area Use prohibited 7 Constant A setting Tf 8 Constant B setting 8 9 Constant C setting 9 10 CH3 digital value setting 10 conversion completed flag 11 CH1 A D conversion digital value 11 CH1 Digital output value R 12 CH2 A D conversion digital value 12 CH2 Di
126. able solderless terminal R1 25 3 1 25 YS3 RAV1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Internal current consumption 0 33A 0 42A Weight 0 27kg 0 30kg External dimensions 34 5 W 130 H x 93 6 D mm 1 List of thermocouple type temperature measurement range and resolution Thermocouple Temperature i Temperature Resolution Resolution measurement range measurement range R 0 to 1700 1 0 to 3000 1 0 to 500 0 to 1000 0 to 800 1 1 0 to 2400 0 to 1300 K 200 0 to 400 0 0 0 to 400 0 0 1 0 0 to 1000 0 0 1 0 0 to 500 0 0 0 to 800 0 0 to 500 0 to 1000 0 to 800 1 0 to 1600 1 J 0 to 1200 0 to 2100 0 0 to 400 0 0 0 to 500 0 0 1 0 0 to 1000 0 0 1 0 0 to 800 0 200 to 400 200 to 200 4 0 to 700 4 0 to 200 300 to 400 0 to 400 200 0 to 400 0 0 1 0 0 to 700 0 0 1 0 0 to 400 0 To the next page 5 15 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible eu M L60TCTT4 L60TCTT4BW U R D Co LTD CTL 12 S36 8 CTL 12 S36 10 CTL 12 S56 10 CTL 6 P H Full scale 1 0 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 3 to 255 16 points slot 16 points 2 slots I O assignment intelligent 16 points The number of occupied I O points I O assignment intelligent 16 points and slots are different 18 point terminal block Two 18 point terminal blocks 22 to 18 AWG x R1 25 3 Wiring cha
127. acement 6 1 62 ATSDO1 inet 6 5 6 2 1 Performance specifications comparison 6 5 6 2 2 Functional comparison 6 9 0 23 SIQNAICOMPANSON ias eint E eet deti irse aet pe eec de ERE SR IEEE 6 10 6 2 4 Buffer memory address comparison sssssssesssseeeeenen mener 6 11 6 3 A1SD62 E D D S1 EERE 6 12 6 3 1 Performance specifications comparison sse 6 12 6 3 2 Functional comparison n nennen nnns 6 20 6 3 53 NVO signal comparison ner ie La d d Lb s ib La E dads 6 21 6 3 4 Buffer memory address comparison sssssssssseee eene eee 6 23 CHAPTER 7 POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT 7 1to7 18 7T 1 List of Positioning Module Alternative Models for Replacement 7 1 7 2 A1SD75P1 S3 P2 S3 P3 S3 sssssssssssssseseseee enne ener ennt 7 3 7 2 1 Performance specifications comparison sss 7 3 7 2 2 Functional CompariSOn occa HE Ride 7 7 7 235 signal comparison imde deed ra cel nae dae end 7
128. action movement amount RW 3083 CH4 Wave output step action movement amount 3084 to System area Use prohibited 3101 3102 CH3 Wave output status monitor R 3103 CH4 Wave output status monitor 3104 to System area Use prohibited 3111 3112 CH3 Wave output conversion cycle monitor L 119 CH3 Wave output conversion cycle monitor H R 3114 CH4 Wave output conversion cycle monitor L 3115 CH4 Wave output conversion cycle monitor 3116 to System area Use prohibited 3125 4 16 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 17 Address decimal 3126 CH3 Wave output count monitor Read write 3127 CH4 Wave output count monitor R 3128 to System area Use prohibited 3135 3136 CH3 Wave output current address monitor L 3137 CH3 Wave output current address monitor H R 3138 CH4 Wave output current address monitor L 3139 CH4 Wave output current address monitor H 3140 to System area Use prohibited 3149 3150 CH3 Wave output current digital value monitor R 3151 CH4 Wave output current digital value monitor 3152 to System area Use prohibited 3159 3160 CH3 Wave output digital value outside the range Address monitor L 3161 CH3 Wave output digital value outside the range Address monitor H R 3162 CH4 Wave output digital value outside the range Address monitor L 3163 CH4 Wave output digital value outsid
129. ain setting mode Gain specification 24 Averaging process setting R W 25 System area Use prohibited 26 Conversion speed setting R W 27 Input signal error detection extension setting R W 28 System area Use prohibited 29 Digital clipping enable disable setting R W 30 CH1 Maximum value 31 CH1 Minimum value 32 CH2 Maximum value 33 CH2 Minimum value 34 CH3 Maximum value 35 CH3 Minimum value 36 CH4 Maximum value 37 CH4 Minimum value 38 to System area Use prohibited 46 47 Input signal error detection setting R W 48 Warning output setting R W 49 Input signal error detection flag R 50 Warning output flag Process alarm R System area Use prohibited 53 Scaling enable disable setting R W 54 CH1 Scaling value digital operation value R 55 CH2 Scaling value digital operation value R 56 CH3 Scaling value digital operation value R 57 CH4 Scaling value digital operation value R 58 to System area Use prohibited 61 62 CH1 Scaling lower limit value R W 63 CH1 Scaling upper limit value R W 64 CH2 Scaling lower limit value R W 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Address decimal Name Read write 65 CH2 Scaling upper limit value R W 66 CH3 Scaling lower limit value R W 67 CH3 Scaling upper limit value R W 68 Scaling lower limit value R W 69 Scaling upper limit value R W 70 to Sy
130. aling upper limit value R W 70 to System area Use prohibited 85 86 CH1 Process alarm lower lower limit value R W 87 CH1 Process alarm lower upper limit value R W 88 CH1 Process alarm upper lower limit value R W 89 CH1 Process alarm upper upper limit value R W 90 CH2 Process alarm lower lower limit value R W 91 CH2 Process alarm lower upper limit value R W 92 CH2 Process alarm upper lower limit value R W 93 CH2 Process alarm upper upper limit value R W 94 CH3 Process alarm lower lower limit value R W 95 CH3 Process alarm lower upper limit value R W 96 CH3 Process alarm upper lower limit value R W 97 CH3 Process alarm upper upper limit value R W 98 Process alarm lower lower limit value R W 99 CH4 Process alarm lower upper limit value R W 100 Process alarm upper lower limit value R W 101 Process alarm upper upper limit value R W 102 to System area Use prohibited 141 142 CH1 Input signal error detection setting value R W 143 CH2 Input signal error detection setting value R W 144 CH3 Input signal error detection setting value R W 145 Input signal error detection setting value R W 146 to System area Use prohibited 149 150 CH1 Shifting amount to conversion value R W 151 CH2 Shifting amount to conversion value R W 152 CH3 Shifting amount to conversion value R W 153 Shifting amount to conversion value R W 154 to System area Use prohibited 157 158 T Mode switching setting R W 159 160 to Syst
131. alue hold function Input signal error detection function Stores the maximum and minimum values of the digital output values in the module Detects the analog input value which exceeds the setting range Scaling function Logging function Scale converts the digital output value to the set range of the A D conversion scaling upper limit value and A D conversion scaling lower limit value This omits the programming of the scale conversion Logs the digital output value or scaling value digital operation value The data of 10000 points can be logged for each channel 2 D A conversion functions Description To use the same digital output value that is used for the A1S66ADA set the scaling upper and lower limit values that match the resolution of the A1S66ADA using the scaling function Available Not available A1S66ADA L60AD2DA2 Precautions for replacement D A conversion enable disable function Sets whether to enable or disable D A conversion for each channel With the L60AD2DA2 disabling the D A conversion for an unused channel reduces the conversion cycles D A output enable disable function Sets whether to output the D A conversion value or 0V OmA for each channel The conversion speed is constant regardless of the output enable disable status Sets whether to output the D A conversion value or the offset value for each channel The conversion speed is constan
132. as repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi s local overseas FA Center Note that the repair conditions at each FA Center may differ 4 Exclusion of loss in opportunity and secondary loss from warranty liability Regardless of the gratis warranty term Mitsubishi shall not be liable for compensation of damages caused by any cause found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi loss in opportunity lost profits incurred to the user by Failures of Mitsubishi products special damages and secondary damages whether foreseeable or not compensation for accidents and compensation for damages to products other than Mitsubishi products replacement by the user maintenance of on site equipment start up test run and other tasks 5 Changes in product specifications The specifications given in the catalogs manuals or technical documents are subject to change without prior notice Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corp All other company names and product names used in this manual are either trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies L NA 08259ENG B Mitsubishi Programmable Controller s MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION HEAD OFFICE TOKYO BUILDING 2 7 3 MARUNOUCHI CHIYODA KU TOKYO 100 8310 JAPAN NAGOYA WORKS 1 14 YADA MINAMI 5 CHOME HIGASHI KU NAGOYA JAPAN When exported from Japan this handbook does not require application to the Ministry of Economy Trade and Industry for service transactio
133. aseless flexible composition The L series does not require a main base unit and can be installed in a minimum space without restrictions of the base unit size Even when a module is added the number of modules is not constrained by the number of base slots therefore the system cost such as addition of an extension base unit can be suppressed Advantage 3 Improved operating efficiency for programming and monitoring The intelligent function module operation of GX Works2 can be used on the L series intelligent function module Though using the intelligent function module operation of GX Works2 is not required the use enables the following and can reduce sequence programs Initial setting is possible without a program The auto refresh setting allows to read write buffer memory data of intelligent function module automatically from to the CPU device memory Checking of the setting status or operating status of intelligent function module is simplified 1 2 Precautions for Transition 1 When replacing the AnS QnAS series with the L series be sure to read the manuals of each L series module and confirm the functions specifications and how to use before using the L series 2 After the AnS QnAS series is replaced with the L series be sure to verify the operation of the entire system before the start of operations 1 INTRODUCTION Memo 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 1 Lis
134. ations Input accuracy Number of alert delay U R D Co LTD CTL 12 S36 8 CTL 6 P H Full scale x 1 0 3 to 255 Number of occupied I O points 32 points I O assignment special 32 points Connection terminal 20 point terminal block Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm Applicable solderless terminal R1 25 3 1 25 YS3 RAV1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Internal current consumption Weight External dimensions 0 33A 0 19A 2 0 39A 0 25A 2 0 26kg 0 28kg 34 5 W x130 H x93 6 D mm 2 A current value when the temperature conversion function is not used in an unused channel under heating cooling control 1 List of usable platinum resistance thermometer temperature measurement range and resolution Platinum resistance thermometer type measurement range 200 0 to 600 0 2000199000 JPt100 5 9 Temperature Temperature Resolution Resolution measurement range 300 to 1100 300 0 to 300 0 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specifications L60TCRT4 L60TCRT4BW Compatibility Precautions for replacement Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Transformer Between input channels Transformer Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute Between input channe
135. ature rise status R 2DF 2EF 2FF 30F Setting change rate limiter unit time setting R W 310 Peak current suppression control group setting R W 311 Sensor compensation function selection R W 312 Temperature conversion completion flag R 313 Function extension bit monitor R 314 Sampling cycle monitor R 315 System area Use prohibited 4FE 4FF E Buffer memory for error history R FFF 1000 E System area Use prohibited CFFF 5 47 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE Memo 5 48 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 5 2 A1S64TCTRT BW and L series modules heating cooling control A1S64TCTRT BW ar Address hexadecimal N Read writ ame ead write CH2 0 Error code 1 2 Decimal point position 5 6 Alert detail 9 A Temperature process value PV D Manipulated value for heating MVh R 11 12 Temperature rise judgment flag 15 16 Heating transistor output flag 19 1A Measured heater current value 1D Cold junction temperature process value System area Use prohibited 20 40 Input range 21 41 Stop mode setting 22 42 Set value SV setting 23 43 Heating proportional band Ph setting 24 44 Integral time 1 setting 25 45 Derivative time D setting R W 26 46 Setting of Alert alarm 1 27 47 Setting of Alert alarm 2 28 48 Setting of Alert alarm 3 29 49 Setting of Alert alarm 4 2A 4A Heating upper limit output
136. bited 233 253 273 293 234 254 274 294 Setting change rate limiter temperature drop R W 235 255 275 295 System area Use prohibited 23C 25C 27C 29C 23D 25D 27D 29D AT simultaneous temperature rise parameter calculation flag R 23E 25E 27E 29E Self tuning setting R W 23F 25F 27F 29F Self tuning flag R 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L6E0TCRT4BW Address hexadecimal N ead write CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 2A0 i System area Use prohibited 2BO Temperature process value PV for input with another analog 2B1 2B2 2B3 2B4 R W module 2B5 2CF T System area Use prohibited 2D0 2E0 2F0 300 2D3 2bE3 2F3 303 204 2 4 2 4 304 Manual reset amount setting R W 2D5 2E5 2F5 305 Process value PV scaling function enable disable setting R W 2D6 2E6 2F6 306 Process value PV scaling lower limit value R W 2D7 2E7 2F7 307 Process value PV scaling upper limit value R W 2D8 2E8 2F8 308 Process value PV scaling value R 2D9 2E9 2F9 309 Derivative action selection R W 2DA 2EA 2FA 30A Simultaneous temperature rise group setting R W 2DB 2EB 2FB 30B Simultaneous temperature rise gradient data R W 2DC 2EC 2FC 30C Simultaneous temperature rise dead time R W 2DD 2ED 2FD 30D Simultaneous temperature rise AT mode selection R W 2DE 2EE 2FE 30E Simulta
137. bucks Rege ii ade ren eae 5 17 5 2 5 JN1SO2ICTI BW S2 iacet eed tee s dtd ed dat b da bac o ce oa tea cus 5 21 5 26 A1S62TCRT BW S2 22 5 27 5 3 JF nctional COMPANSOMN KR RAE CEN E a a 5 33 54 IVO Signal Compans e t Rr Pu ax 5 35 5 4 1 A1S64TCTRT BW and L series modules standard control 5 35 5 4 2 A1S64TCTRT BW and L series modules heating cooling control 5 37 5 4 8 A1S64TCTT BW S1 A1S64TCRT BW S1 and L series modules 5 39 5 4 4 A1S62TCTT BW S2 A1S62TCRT BW S2 and L series modules 5 41 5 5 Buffer Memory Address Comparison sssssssssssseseee eene nnne errem nnns 5 43 5 5 1 A1S64TCTRT BW and L series modules standard control _ 5 43 5 5 2 A1S64TCTRT BW and L series modules heating cooling control 5 49 5 5 3 A1S64TCTT BW S1 A1S64TCRT BW S1 and L series modules 5 55 5 5 4 A1S62TCTT BW S2 A1S62TCRT BW S2 and L series modules 5 61 CHAPTER 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 1to6 23 6 1 List of High Speed Counter Module Alternative Models for Repl
138. compensation near pass To check the details of Error display 17 segment LED Not available Error LED x diagnostic result E the programming tool or a display unit The start history at History date pices Provided 4 types 16 items module Not provided Provided 3 types error is Start error warning axis the start history Flash ROM in NON Flash ROM the CPU module Flash ROM Data storage destination battery less backup battery less battery less backup backup f POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT Connector A1SD75P1 A1SD75P2 53 10136 3000VE Soldering type accessory A1SD75P3 LO2SCPU LO2CPU LO6CPU L26CPU L26CPU BT built in 1 0 function A6CON1 Soldering type straight outtype Sold separately LD75P4 LD75D4 A6CON1 Soldering type straight out type sold separately Compati bility 10136 6000EL A6CON2 Crimping type straight outtype Sold separately A6CON2 Crimping type straight out type sold separately A6CON4 Soldering type A6CON4 Precautions for replacement Since the connectors differ wiring needs to IDC type sold separatel e both for straight Soldering type both for eae ld out and 45 straight out and 45 degree i nm degree types types sold separately FOPA sold separately A6CON1 10136 3000VE A6CON4 A6CON1 A6CON4 0 3mm D 24 to 30 AWG approx
139. completion soak time setting A9 PID continuation flag AA Heater voltage correction setting AB AC Reference heater current value AF Transistor output monitor ON delay time setting BO CT monitor method switching B1 B2 Heating control output monitor R B6 Cold junction temperature correction selection R W B7 Control switching monitor R B8 B9 Temperature conversion setting R W co F C1 Manipulated value for cooling MV 2 R C3 Cooling control output monitor C4 C5 Cooling transistor output flag CF Cooling type setting DO EO Cooling proportional band Pc setting D1 E1 Cooling upper limit output limiter R W D2 E2 Cooling control output period setting D3 E3 Overlap dead band Point Default values for the A series modules and L series modules may be different To apply an A series program using a default value to an L series module review the program For details refer to the user s manual for the L series module used 5 51 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L6E0TCRT4BW Address hexadecimal Name Read write a ad wri CH1 CH2 3E 5E Memory of PID constants read instruction R W 3F 5F Automatic backup setting after auto tuning of PID constants R W AO 1 XU A2 System area Use prohibited 4 Alert dead band setting 5 Number of alert delay AG Heater
140. cover to the module before turning it on for operation Failure to do so may result in electric shock Wiring Precautions Individually ground the FG and LG terminals of the programmable controller with a ground resistance of 100Q or less Failure to do so may result in electric shock or malfunction Use applicable solderless terminals and tighten them within the specified torque range If any spade solderless terminal is used it may be disconnected when a terminal block screw comes loose resulting in failure Check the rated voltage and terminal layout before wiring to the module and connect the cables correctly Connecting a power supply with a different voltage rating or incorrect wiring may cause a fire or failure Connectors for external devices must be crimped or pressed with the tool specified by the manufacturer or must be correctly soldered Incomplete connections may cause short circuit fire or malfunction Securely connect the connector to the module Do not install the control lines or communication cables together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 100mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise Place the cables in a duct or clamp them If not dangling cable may swing or inadvertently be pulled resulting in damage to the module or cables or malfunction due to poor contact Check the interface type and correctly connect the cable Incorrect wiring c
141. ction detection Warning output function process alarm Outputs an alarm when a digital output value is within the range set in advance Resolution mode Sets the resolution according to the application The resolution mode setting is applicable to all channels Scaling function Scale converts the output digital value to the set range of the scaling upper limit value and scaling lower limit value This omits the programming of the scale conversion By setting the same scaling upper limits and scaling lower limits as the resolution mode of A1S64AD the same digital output values as A1S64AD can be used Shift function Adds the set shifting amount of the conversion value to the scaling value digital operation value and stores the value in the buffer memory Fine adjustment can be performed easily when the system starts Digital clipping function Sets the maximum value of the scaling value digital operation value to 20000 and the minimum value to 0 or 20000 when the input voltage or current exceeds the input range Difference conversion function Subtracts the difference conversion reference value from the scaling value digital operation value and stores the acquired value in the buffer memory Logging function Logs the digital output value or scaling value digital operation value The data of 10000 points can be logged for each channel Flow amount integration function Error
142. ction start ie specifications differ check the External input External A 5 specifications of an external command 24VDC 4 1mA evice signal Transistor Coincidence open collector output output output 2 points channel External EM 5 to 24VDC 0 1A point Output currents differ en Transistor Limit switch DE open collector output 12 24VDC 0 1A point 0 8A common Internal current consumption 0 35A 5VDC Weight 0 27kg 1 Programs are incompatible and need to be created 6 8 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 2 2 Functional comparison Description Supported Not supported LO2SCPU LO2CPU A1SD61 LO6CPU L26CPU L26CPU BT LD62 Precautions for replacement Changes the counter present value to a Preset function Ni O O O specified value Disable function Terminates counting O O O For the L series modules values 5 x Repeatedly executes counting between Ring counter function O O Jare set with the intelligent function user s setting values module switch setting Detects an overflow if the count exceeds Linear counter function O O the range mm Outputs a signal when the counter No 1 and No 2 coincidence output Coincidence output function 4 present value matches the preset value points can be set for each channel Outputs the ON OFF signal when the Use the coincidence output fu
143. cular interpolation error width 61 211 361 61 211 361 Pr 43 External start function selection 62 212 362 62 212 362 LD75P4 D4 Pr 42 External command function selection 44 Near pass mode selection for path control 66 216 366 Pr 45 OPR method 70 220 370 70 220 370 Pr 46 OPR direction 71 221 371 71 221 371 72 222 372 72 222 372 address 73 223 373 73 223 373 74 224 374 74 224 374 Eide PER PSAN 75 225 375 75 225 375 76 226 376 76 226 376 i 77 227 377 77 227 377 Pr 50 OPR retry 78 228 378 78 228 378 Pr 51 OPR dwell time 79 229 379 79 229 379 Pr 52 Setting for the movement amount after near point dog 80 230 380 80 230 380 ON 81 231 381 81 231 381 Pr 53 OPR acceleration time selection 82 232 382 82 232 382 Pr 54 OPR deceleration time selection 83 233 383 83 233 383 84 234 384 84 234 384 Pr 55 OP shift amount 85 235 385 85 235 dan Pr 56 OPR torque limit value 86 236 386 86 236 386 Pr 57 Speed designation during OP shift 88 238 388 88 238 388 Pr 58 Dwell time during OPR retry 89 239 389 89 239 389 T 12 A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT Buffer memory address Item of A1SD75P
144. d Refer to Section 5 3 A1S64TCRT S1 L60TCRT4 1 2 3 4 5 External wiring Cable size is changed Number of slots Not changed Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed Performance specifications Not changed Functional specifications Changed Refer to Section 5 3 A1S64TCRTBW S1 L60TCRT4BW 1 2 3 4 5 External wiring Cable size is changed Number of slots Changed 2 modules occupied 16 intelligent points for the second half Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed Performance specifications Not changed Functional specifications Changed Refer to Section 5 3 A1S62TCTT S2 L60TCTT4 1 2 3 4 5 External wiring Cable size is changed Number of slots Not changed Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed Performance specifications Changed 2 channels module 4 channels module Functional specifications Changed Refer to Section 5 3 A1S62TCTTBW S2 A1S62TCRT S2 A1S62TCRTBW S2 L60TCTTABW L60TCRT4 L60TCRT4BW 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 External wiring Cable size is changed Number of slots Changed 2 modules occupied 16 intelligent points Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and buffer memory add
145. d using a sequence program user range settings or the scaling function Refer to Appendix 3 Scaling function Scale converts the input digital value to the set range of the scaling upper limit value and scaling lower limit value This omits the programming of the scale conversion By setting the same scaling upper limits and scaling lower limits as the resolution of A1S68DAI the same digital output values as A1S68DAI can be used Alarm output function Outputs an alarm when the digital value is out of the preset range External power supply READY flag Turns on when the external power supply 24VDC is supplied When this flag is off the analog output value becomes 0V OmA regardless of other settings Error log function Stores the errors and alarms occurred in the D A converter module to the buffer memory as a history Up to 16 errors and alarms can be stored Module error collection function Error clear function Collects the errors and alarms occurred in the D A converter module and stores them in the CPU module Clears the error from the system monitor window of the programming tool This function can be used on the GX Works2 Saving and restoring offset gain values Saves and restores the offset gain values in the user setting range 4 For the A1S68DAI the resolution is 1 4000 fixed For the L60DAA the resolution is 1 20000 fixed To use the same digital value that is used
146. d flow amount H R 1338 CHA Integrated flow amount L R 1339 CHA Integrated flow amount H R 1340 to System area Use prohibited 1347 1348 CH1 Integration cycle monitor value R 1349 CH2 Integration cycle monitor value R 1350 CH3 Integration cycle monitor value R 1351 CHA Integration cycle monitor value R 1352 to System area Use prohibited 1355 1356 CH1 Flow amount integration temporary stop RIW request 1357 CH2 Flow amount integration temporary stop RW request 1358 CH3 Flow amount integration temporary stop RW request 1359 CH4 Flow amount integration temporary stop RW request 1360 to System area Use prohibited 1363 2 15 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 16 Address decimal CH1 Flow amount integration temporary stop flag CH2 Flow amount integration temporary stop flag CH3 Flow amount integration temporary stop flag CH4 Flow amount integration temporary stop flag System area Use prohibited CH1 Integrated flow amount clear request CH2 Integrated flow amount clear request CH3 Integrated flow amount clear request R W CHA Integrated flow amount clear request R W System area Use prohibited CH1 Integrated flow amount clear flag CH2 Integrated flow amount clear flag CH3 Integrated flow amount clear flag CHA Integrated flow amount clear flag D D D D System area Use prohibited 2 ANALOG INPUT
147. dous condition Disposal Precautions CAUTION When disposing of this product treat it as industrial waste When disposing of batteries separate them from other wastes according to the local regulations For details on battery regulations in EU member states refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Transportation Precautions CAUTION When transporting lithium batteries follow the transportation regulations For details on the regulated models refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection CONDITIONS OF USE FOR THE PRODUCT 1 Mitsubishi programmable controller the PRODUCT shall be used in conditions i where any problem fault or failure occurring in the PRODUCT if any shall not lead to any major or serious accident and ii where the backup and fail safe function are systematically or automatically provided outside of the PRODUCT for the case of any problem fault or failure occurring in the PRODUCT The PRODUCT has been designed and manufactured for the purpose of being used in general industries MITSUBISHI SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY AND ALL RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY TORT PRODUCT LIABILITY FOR ANY INJURY OR DEATH TO PERSONS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY CAUSED BY the PRODUCT THAT ARE OPERATED OR USED IN
148. e RUN status varies depending on the system configuration parameter settings and or program size Design circuits so that the entire system will always operate safely regardless of the time Installation Precautions NWARNING Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before mounting or removing a module Failure to do so may result in electric shock or cause the module to fail or malfunction NCAUTION Use the programmable controller in an environment that meets the general specifications in this manual Failure to do so may result in electric shock fire malfunction or damage to or deterioration of the product To interconnect modules engage the respective connectors and securely lock the module joint levers Incorrect interconnection may cause malfunction failure or drop of the module Do not directly touch any conductive parts and electronic components of the module Doing so can cause malfunction or failure of the module Securely connect an extension cable to the connectors of a branch module and an extension module After connections check that the cable is inserted completely Poor contact may cause malfunction Wiring Precautions NWARNING Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before wiring Failure to do so may result in electric shock or cause the module to fail or malfunction After installation and wiring attach the included terminal
149. e pattern data points setting H RW 3046 CH4 Wave pattern data points setting L 3047 CH4 Wave pattern data points setting H 3048 to System area Use prohibited 3057 3058 Wave pattern output repetition setting RIW 3059 CH4 Wave pattern output repetition setting 3060 to System area Use prohibited 3065 3066 CH3 Constant for wave output conversion cycle RW 3067 CH4 Constant for wave output conversion cycle 3068 to System area Use prohibited 3071 3072 Step action wave output request R W 3073 to System area Use prohibited 3081 3082 CH3 Wave output step action movement amount RW 3083 CH4 Wave output step action movement amount 3084 to System area Use prohibited 3101 3102 CH3 Wave output status monitor R 3103 CH4 Wave output status monitor 3104 to System area Use prohibited 3111 4 33 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Address decimal 3112 Name CH3 Wave output conversion cycle monitor L Read write 3113 CH3 Wave output conversion cycle monitor H R 3114 CH4 Wave output conversion cycle monitor L 3115 CH4 Wave output conversion cycle monitor H 3116 to System area Use prohibited 3125 3126 CH3 Wave output count monitor R 3127 CH4 Wave output count monitor 3128 to System area Use prohibited 3135 3136 CH3 Wave output current address monitor L 3137
150. e shown below Item Specifications Digital output value when gain 5V 20mA offset 0V OmA Analog input 1 4000 1 8000 1 12000 10V 4000 8000 12000 I O characteristics 5V or 20 2000 4000 6000 OV or 0mA 0 0 0 5V or 20mA 2000 4000 6000 10V 4000 8000 12000 1 4000 1 8000 1 12000 Resolution Voltage input 2 5mV 1 25mV 0 83mV Current input 10pA 5 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Ambient temperature within 0 to 55 C 0 2 40 digit L60AD4 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 10 to 10VDC Input resistance value 1MQ 0 to 20mADC Input resistance value 250Q 16 bit signed binary 20480 to 20479 When the scaling function is used 32768 to 32767 e Analog input range Digital output Resolution to 10V 500uV 0 to 5V 0 to 20000 250uV 1 to 5V 200 Since the resolution differs between AnS Voltage 10 to 10V 20000 to 20000 500 series L series modules it needs to be 1 to 5V Extended mode 5000 to 22500 200V A matched using a sequence program user User range setting 20000 to 20000 307uV range settings or the scaling function refer 0 to 20mA 1000nA to Appendix 3 0 to 20000 4 to 20mA 800 4 to 20mA Extended mode 5000 to 22500 800nA User range setting 20000 to 20000 1230nA Ambient temperatu
151. e the range Address monitor H 3164 to System area Use prohibited 3175 3176 CH3 Wave output warning Address monitor L 3177 CH3 Wave output warning Address monitor R 3178 CH4 Wave output warning Address monitor L 3179 CH4 Wave output warning Address monitor 3180 to System area Use prohibited 4699 4700 CH1 A D conversion status R 4701 CH2 A D conversion status 4702 to System area Use prohibited 4709 4710 CH1 Analog input monitor 4711 CH1 Analog input monitor unit R 4712 CH2 Analog input monitor 4713 CH2 Analog input monitor unit 4714 to System area Use prohibited 4749 4750 CH3 D A conversion status 4751 CH4 D A conversion status 4752 to System area Use prohibited 4759 4760 CH3 Analog output command value 4761 CH3 Analog output command value unit R 4762 CH4 Analog output command value 4763 CH4 Analog output command value unit 4764 to System area Use prohibited 4799 4800 Latest address of error history R 4801 to System area Use prohibited 4809 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT L60AD2DA2 Address decimal 4810 No 1 Error code No 1 Error time First two digits of the year Last two digits of the year 4812 No 1 Error time Month Day 4813 No 1 Error time Hour Minute 4814 No 1 Error time Second Day of the week 4815 to No 1 System area Use prohibited 4819 4820 to No 2 Same as No 1 4829 4830 to No 3 Same as No 1 4839 4840 to No 4 Same as No 1 4849 48
152. e time D setting R W 26 46 Alert set value 1 27 47 Alert set value 2 28 48 Alert set value 3 29 49 Alert set value 4 2A 4A Heating upper limit output limiter 2B 4B System area Use prohibited 2C 4 Output variation limiter setting i 2D 4D Sensor correction value setting R W 2bE 4E Adjustment sensitivity dead band setting 2F 4F Heating control output cycle setting 30 50 Primary delay digital filter setting R W 31 51 Control response parameters 32 52 AUTO MAN mode shift R W 33 53 MAN output setting R W Setting change rate limiter Setting change rate limiter 34 54 R W temperature rise 35 55 AT bias R W 36 56 System area Use prohibited R W 37 57 Upper limit setting limiter RIW 38 58 Lower limit setting limiter 39 59 System area Use prohibited 3A 5A Heater disconnection alert setting R W 3B 5B xS System area Use prohibited 3C 5C 3D 5D Unused channel setting R W 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE A1S62TCTT BW S2 A1S62TCRT BW S2 Address hexadecimal N Read write CH2 3E 5E as System area Use prohibited 3F 5F AO Setting of Alert alarm 1 A1 Setting of Alert alarm 2 A2 Setting of Alert alarm 3 A3 Setting of Alert alarm 4 A4 Alert dead band setting A5 Number of alert delay Heater disconnection output off time current error detection delay count R W A7 Temp
153. ed 1047 1048 1 Logging points after trigger RIN 1049 CH2 Logging points after trigger 1050 to System area Use prohibited 1055 1056 CH1 Level trigger condition setting RW 1057 CH2 Level trigger condition setting 1058 to System area Use prohibited 1063 1064 CH1 Trigger data 1065 CH2 Trigger data RAN 1066 to System area Use prohibited 1071 1072 Level data 0 1073 Level data 1 1074 Level data 2 1075 Level data 3 1076 Level data 4 1077 Level data 5 1078 Level data 6 1079 Level data 7 1080 Level data 8 1081 Level data 9 1082 CH1 Trigger setting value 1083 CH2 Trigger setting value 1084 to System area Use prohibited 1089 1090 CH1 Head pointer R 1091 CH2 Head pointer 1092 to System area Use prohibited 1097 1098 CH1 Latest pointer R 1099 CH2 Latest pointer 1100 to System area Use prohibited 1105 1106 CH1 Number of logging data R 1107 CH2 Number of logging data 1108 to System area Use prohibited 1113 1114 CH1 Trigger pointer R 1115 CH2 Trigger pointer 1116 to System area Use prohibited 1121 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Address decimal 1122 Name CH1 Logging cycle monitor value s 1123 1124 CH1 Logging cycle monitor value ms CH1 Logging cycle monitor value us 1125 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value s 1126 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value ms Read write 1127 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value us 1128
154. em area Use prohibited 171 172 CH1 Difference conversion trigger R W 173 CH2 Difference conversion trigger R W 174 CH3 Difference conversion trigger R W 175 CH4 Difference conversion trigger R W 176 to System area Use prohibited 179 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Read write 180 CH1 Difference conversion reference value R 181 CH2 Difference conversion reference value R 182 CH3 Difference conversion reference value R 183 CHA Difference conversion reference value R 184 to System area Use prohibited 189 190 1 Difference conversion status flag R 191 CH2 Difference conversion status flag R 192 CH3 Difference conversion status flag R 193 CHA Difference conversion status flag R 194 to System area Use prohibited 199 200 Pass data classification setting R W 201 System area Use prohibited 202 CH1 Industrial shipment settings offset value L R W 203 CH1 Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 204 CH1 Industrial shipment settings gain value L R W 205 CH1 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 206 CH2 Industrial shipment settings offset value L R W 207 CH2 Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 208 CH2 Industrial shipment settings gain value L R W 209 CH2 Industrial shipment settings gain value H R W 210 CH3 Indu
155. erature rise completion range setting A8 Temperature rise completion soak time setting A9 PID continuation flag AA Heater voltage correction setting AB AC Heater current reference value AF Transistor output monitor ON delay time setting BO CT monitor method switching B1 B2 Heating manipulation value MV 0 to 4000 R B5 B6 a B7 System area Use prohibited B8 B9 CO C1 Cooling manipulated value MV C2 Cooling manipulated value MV 0 to 4000 R C4 C5 Cooling transistor output flag CF Cooling type setting DO EO Cooling proportional band Pc setting D1 E1 Cooling upper limit output limiter R W D2 E2 Cooling control output period setting D3 E3 Overlap dead band Point Default values for the A series modules and L series modules may be different To apply an A series program using a default value to an L series module review the program For details refer to the user s manual for the L series module used 5 63 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L6E0TCRT4BW Address hexadecimal Nam Read write ame ad wri 3E Memory of PID constants read instruction R W 3F 5F Automatic backup setting after auto tuning of PID constants R W AO 1 XU A2 System area Use prohibited 4 Alert dead band setting 5 Number of alert delay AG Heater disconnection output off time current error detection delay count R W A
156. ers For details of the buffer memory areas and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Analog Digital Converter Module User s Manual A1S68AD L60AD4 Name Read write rine Name Read write 0 A D conversion enable disable R W 0 A D conversion enable disable setting Write data error code R 4 CH1 Time Average Count Average Moving Average 2 Average pro essingispecifi ati n RW 2 CH2 Time Average Count Average Moving Average R W 3 3 CH3 Time Average Count Average Moving Average CH4 Time Average Count Average Moving to System area Use prohibited 4 Average 8 5 9 6 System area Use prohibited 10 CH1 Average time count 7 11 CH2 Average time count RW 8 to 9 Averaging process setting R W 17 CH8 Average time count 10 conversion completed flag 18 2 11 CH1 Digital output value System area Use prohibited 19 12 CH2 Digital output value R 20 CH1 Digital output value 13 CH3 Digital output value 21 CH2 Digital output value 14 CH4 Digital output value 22 CH3 Digital output value 15 23 CH4 Digital output value 16 27 R System area Use prohibited 24 CH5 Digital output value 17 25 CH6 Digital output value 18 26 CH7 Digital output value 19 Latest error code R 27 CH8 Digital output value 20 Setting range 28 A D conversion completed flag R W 21 System area Use prohibited 29 System area Use
157. ess decimal 2094 Read write to System area Use prohibited 3001 3002 CH3 Wave output start stop request R W 3003 CH4 Wave output start stop request R W 3004 to System area Use prohibited 3009 3010 CH3 Output setting during wave output stop RN 3011 CH4 Output setting during wave output stop 3012 to System area Use prohibited 3017 3018 CH3 Output value during wave output stop RIW 3019 CH4 Output value during wave output stop 3020 to System area Use prohibited 3027 3028 CH3 Wave pattern start address setting L 3029 CH3 Wave pattern start address setting H RW 3030 CH4 Wave pattern start address setting L 3031 CH4 Wave pattern start address setting H 3032 to System area Use prohibited 3043 3044 CH3 Wave pattern data points setting L 3045 CH3 Wave pattern data points setting H RIW 3046 CH4 Wave pattern data points setting L 3047 CH4 Wave pattern data points setting 3048 to System area Use prohibited 3057 3058 CH3 Wave pattern output repetition setting RIW 3059 CH4 Wave pattern output repetition setting 3060 to System area Use prohibited 3065 3066 CH3 Constant for wave output conversion cycle RIW 3067 CHA Constant for wave output conversion cycle 3068 to System area Use prohibited 3071 3072 Step action wave output request R W 3073 to System area Use prohibited 3081 3082 CH3 Wave output step
158. et point No 2 detection reset command x6 CH1 Counter value Y6 CH1 Counter function coincidence point No 2 selection start command x7 CH1 Counter value small v7 CH1 Coincidence signal No 2 point No 2 reset command CH2 Counter value large CH2 Coincidence signal No 1 X8 Y8 point No 1 reset command CH2 Count X9 MAN nibil Ma A Y9 CH2 Preset command coincidence point No 1 CH2 Counter value small CH2 Coincidence signal XA point No 1 enable command CH2 Ext t t XB i ibd YB CH2 Down count command detection CH2 Count lue XC CH2 Count enable command point No 2 CH2 Counter value YD CH2 External preset coincidence point No 2 detection reset command CH2 Counter value small CH2 Counter function XE 7 point No 2 selection start command CH2 Coincid ignal No 2 Use prohibited YF 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 2 4 Buffer memory address comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the buffer memory address assignment differs For details of the buffer memory areas and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L High Speed Counter Module User s Manual When the built in I O functions of the LCPU are used the special register is used For details refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built in I O Function
159. g Repeatedly executes counting between For the LD62 D values are Ring counter function O O O user s setting values set with the switch setting Detects an overflow if the count exceeds Linear counter function O O the range No 1 and No 2 coincidence E Outputs a signal when the counter Coincidence output function O O O output points can be set for present value matches the preset value each channel Coincidence detection Generates an interrupt signal to the CPU interrupt function module when coincidence is detected Latches the present value at the time Latch counter function te signal is input Counts the pulse that was input during Sampling counter function ANE the sampling time set Stores the present value to Periodic Periodic pulse counter pulse count present value and the function previous value to Periodic pulse count previous value for each set cycle 6 20 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 3 3 I O signal comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the I O signal assignment differs For details of the I O signals and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L High Speed Counter Module User s Manual When the built in I O functions of the LCPU are used the special relay is used For details refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built in I O Function 6 21 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMEN
160. g 12 44 L 11 43 Sampling periodic counter flag Coincidence output point set No 2 R W 13 45 H 12 44 L Latch count value 14 46 L 13 45 H Latch count value 15 47 H 14 46 L Sampling count value 16 48 L 15 47 R Sampling count value 17 49 H 16 48 n L Periodic pulse count previous value 18 50 ae L R 17 49 H Periodic pulse count previous value 19 51 H 18 50 2n L Periodic pulse count present value 20 52 L 19 51 H Periodic pulse count present value 2 8 H 20 52 m L Ring counter lower limit 22 Sampling periodic counter flag 21 53 H Bi 22 54 m L Ring counter upper limit 23 55 H 24 56 to to System area Use prohibited 31 63 1 These addresses are use prohibited in the ATSD62D S1 6 23 4 POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT 7 1 List of Positioning Module Alternative Models for Replacement series A1SD70 None Transition to L series Remarks Restrictions There are no alternative models Consider replacing with the LCPU built in I O function LD75LI or LD77MH system including external devices Positioning module LO2SCPU built in function of the CPU module LO2CPU built in function of the A1SD75P1 S3 External wiring Connector and wiring are changed 2 Number of slots Changed 0 module built in function of t
161. g Digital Converter Module User s Manual A1S64AD L60AD4 Deyice Signal name Davies Signal name Signal name Device Signal name No No No No Watchdog timer error flag YO Module READY YO X1 A D conversion READY Y1 X1 Y1 X2 Error flag Y2 x2 Y2 X3 Y3 X3 X4 Y4 X4 Use prohibited Y4 Use prohibited X5 Y5 X5 YS X6 Y6 X6 Y6 X7 Y7 XT YT X8 Y8 X8 Warming output signal Y8 x9 x9 Operating condition Y9 Operating condition setting completed flag setting request ps Offset gain setting mode Use prohibited XA flag YA User range write request XB YB XB Channelchange YB Channel change request completed flag XC YC XC Input signal error detection Use prohibited signal YD Maximum value minimum YD Maximum value minimum value reset completed flag value reset request XE YE XE A D conversion completed YE Use prohibited Use prohibited flag XF YF XF Error flag YF Error clear request X10 Y10 X11 11 X12 Y12 Error reset X13 Y13 x14 Y14 X15 Y15 X16 Y16 X17 Y17 X18 Y18 X19 Y19 Use prohibited X1A Y1A X1B Y1B X1C Y1C X1D Y1D X1E X1F 2 8 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT S 2 2 4 Buffer memory address comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the buffer memory address assignment differs For details of the buffer memory areas and sequence program
162. ge settings gain value R W 218 to System area Use prohibited 1799 3 10 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 3 A1S68DAI 3 3 1 Performance specifications comparison Item Digital input Analog output A1S68DAI 16 bit signed binary Setting range 0 to 4096 4 to 20mADC External load resistance value 0 to 600Q Digital input value Analog output I O characteristics 4000 20mA 2000 12mA 0 4mA Maximum resolution of anal resoluti analog value Overall accuracy accuracy at maximum analog output value 1 0 200pA Maximum conversion speed Within 4ms 8 channels If the access from the CPU module using the FROM TO instructions is frequent the speed may be increased for 6ms Number of analog output points 8 channels module Number of offset gain settings Output short protection 11 Available 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible L60DA4 Compatibility Precautions for replacement Since the resolution differs between AnS series and L series 16 bit signed binary modules it needs to be matched 20480 to 20479 When the scaling function is used 32768 to 32767 o using a sequence program user range settings or the scaling function Refer to Appendix 3 Voltage 10 to 10VDC
163. gital output value 13 Simple loop control output calculation value R 13 14 Resolution setting 14 15 A D conversion completion flag 15 uA System area Use prohibited 16 Error code 16 17 Coordinate points setting lt 18 CH1 coordinates 18 Point 0 19 coordinates 19 Latest error code 20 Point CH1 coordinates 20 Setting range R oin l 21 CH3 coordinates 21 Function selection monitor 22 Point2 CH1 coordinates 22 Offset gain setting mode Offset specification Poin 23 CH3 coordinates 23 Offset gain setting mode Gain specification R W 24 Point3 CH1 coordinates 24 Averaging process setting eee Poin 25 CH3 coordinates 25 2 System area Use prohibited 26 CH1 coordinates 26 Point4 R W 27 CH3 coordinates 27 Input signal error detection setting R W 28 CH1 coordinates 28 5 1 4 System area Use prohibited 29 CH3 coordinates 29 30 Point6 CH1 coordinates 30 CH1 Maximum value Poin 31 CH3 coordinates 31 CH1 Minimum value R 32 Point7 CH1 coordinates 32 CH2 Maximum value Poin 33 CH3 coordinates 33 CH2 Minimum value 34 CH1 coordinates 34 4Point8 35 CH3 coordinates 35 36 CH1 coordinates 36 Point9 37 CH3 coordinates 37 System area Use prohibited 38 to 48 49 Input signal error detection flag R 50 to System area Use prohibited 52 53 conversion scaling enable disable setting R W 54 CH1 Scaling value
164. he CPU CPU module dul LOGCPU built in function of the 0946 CPU module 3 Program Need to be created Incompatible L26CPU built in function of the 4 Performance specifications Changed such as 2 axes locus control CPU module disabled and 200KPPS when ot collectoris 5 Function specifications Changed Positioning pattern 10 data axis PORRO No Manual pulse generator input no backlash compensation function L26CPU BT built in function of NM 2 n the CPU module no electronic gear function no torque limit function and position unit when an open collector is pulse only connected LD75P4 1 External wiring Connector and wiring are changed when an open collector is 2 Number of slots Not changed connected 3 Program I O signals and buffer memory assignment are changed The entire program is reviewed according to the specifications LD75D4 change when a differential driver is 4 Performance specifications 4 axes connected TRE 5 Function specifications Partly changed Example Manual pulse generator 1 axis gt 1 module A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT AnS series Positioning module A1SD75P2 S3 LO2SCPU built in function of the CPU module LO2CPU built in function of the CPU module LOGCPU built in function of the CPU module L26CPU built in function of the CPU module when an open collector is connected L26CPU BT built in function of the CPU module Tra
165. history R FFF 1000 System area Use prohibited CFFF 5 53 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE Memo 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 5 3 A1S64TCTT BW S1 A1S64TCRT BW S1 and L series modules Pp IZUIUENIZC II Name Read write 0 Write data error code R W 1 2 3 4 Decimal point position 5 6 7 8 Alert detail 9 B Temperature process value PV D 10 Manipulated value MV 11 12 13 14 Temperature rise judgment flag R 15 16 17 18 Transistor output flag 19 1A 1B 1 Measured heater current value 1D Cooling contact temperature process value 1E MAN mode shift completion flag 1F System area Use prohibited 20 40 60 80 Input range 21 41 61 81 Stop mode setting 22 42 62 82 Set value SV setting 23 43 63 83 Proportional band P setting 24 44 64 84 Integral time 1 setting 25 45 65 85 Derivative time D setting 26 46 66 86 Alert alarm 1 set value 27 47 67 87 Alert alarm 2 set value 28 48 68 88 Alert alarm 3 set value 29 49 69 89 Alert alarm 4 set value 2A 4A 6A 8A Upper limit output limiter 2B 4B 6B 8B Lower limit output limiter 2C 4 6 8 Output variation limiter 2D 4D 6D 8D Sensor correction value setting 2E 4E 6E 8E Adjustment sensitivity dead band setting 2F 4F 6F 8F Control output period setting R W 30 50 70 90 Primary delay digital filter setting 31 51 71 91 Control respo
166. ible T 18 REPLACEMENT OF OTHER MODULES REPLACEMENT OF OTHER MODULES 8 1 Replacement of Other Modules This section lists AnS series modules not introduced in previous chapters and describes their alternative methods The AnS series modules listed in this section require some special alternative methods because there are no L series alternative models or their functions and specifications differ from those of L series modules Product Model Alternative method Consider using the pulse catch function of the built in I O function of the Pulse catch module A1SP60 LCPU A1S68TD Consider using the CC Link compatible temperature input module or Temperature input module A1S62RD3N temperature control module as the temperature input module A1S62RD4N Or consider using an analog input module by converting signals outside di E Position detecton module 186215 Consider using CC Link compatible ABBSOCODER 2 manufactured by NSD Corporation 7 Consider using programming by indirect specification of the internal Analog timer module A1ST60 timer 16035101 There no alternative models Consider using our partner manufacturer s products Balluff ID system BIS M series which can be ID interface module connected to Mitsubishi programmable controllers A1SD35ID2 System migration B NET interface module MELSECNET MINI S3 master module A1SJ71B62 S3 A1SJ71PT32 S3 For details
167. ince the resolution differs User range settings 15900 to 12000 319uV A voltage between AnS series and L series 0 to 20mA 1666nA modules it needs to be matched 4 to 20mA 0 to 12000 1333nA using a sequence program user Current User rande range settings or the scaling EE 12000 to 12000 696nA function Refer to Appendix 3 Ambient temperature Analog output range 25 5 0 to 55 0 to 5V Within 0 2 Within 40 4 1 to 5V 10 20mV Me Within 40 2 Within 0 4 10to 10V ithin 0 2 ithin 0 4 20mV 40mV 0 to 20mA Within 0 2 Within 0 4 Current 4 to 20mA 40 80pA 80 Available Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler Between I O channels Not insulated Between external power supply and analog I O channel Transformer Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VACrms for 1 minute Between external power supply and analog I O 500VACrms for 1 minute Between the I O terminal programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10MQ or higher 16 points The number of occupied I O points I O assignment intelligent 16 points is changed to 16 points 18 point terminal block x 2 0 3 to 0 75mm Wiring change is required R1 25 3 Solderless terminals with an insulation sleeve cannot be used x 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Item A1S63ADA
168. ion Use this function to detect the input signal error only in the lower limit or upper limit or to execute the disconnection detection Warning output function process alarm Outputs an alarm when a digital output value is within the range set in advance Resolution mode Sets the resolution according to the application The resolution mode setting is applicable to all channels Scaling function Scale converts the output digital value to the set range of the scaling upper limit value and scaling lower limit value This omits the programming of the scale conversion Shift function Adds the set shifting amount of the conversion value to the scaling value digital operation value and stores the value in the buffer memory Fine adjustment can be performed easily when the system starts Digital clipping function Sets the maximum value of the scaling value digital operation value to 20000 and the minimum value to 0 or 20000 when the input voltage or current exceeds the input range By setting the same scaling upper limits and scaling lower limits as the resolution of A1S68AD the same digital output values as A1S68AD can be used Difference conversion function Subtracts the difference conversion reference value from the scaling value digital operation value and stores the acquired value in the buffer memory Logging function Logs the digital output value or scaling value digital operat
169. ion value The data of 10000 points can be logged for each channel Flow amount integration function Error log function Module error collection function 2 20 Performs the A D conversion of analog input value voltage or current from a source such as a flow meter and integrates the digital output value Stores the errors and alarms occurred in the A D converter module to the buffer memory as a history Up to 16 errors and alarms can be stored Collects the errors and alarms occurred in the A D converter module and stores them in the CPU module 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT O Supported Not supported A1S68AD L60AD4 Precautions for replacement Description Clears the error from the system monitor window of the This function can be used on GX Error clear function programming tool Works2 Saving and restoring offset gain Saves and restores the offset gain values in the user setting values range 1 For the A1S68AD the resolution is 1 4000 fixed For the L60ADA the resolution is 1 20000 fixed To use the same digital value that is used for the A1S68AD set the scaling upper and lower limit values that match the resolution of the A1S68AD using the scaling function 2 21 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 3 3 I O signal comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the I O signal assignment differs For details of the I O signals and seq
170. ion Available Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler neulationmetnog Between channels Not insulated Dielectric withstand voltage Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VACrms for 1 minute Insulation resistance Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 5MQ or higher 1 4000 setting 4ms 1 8000 setting 7ms 1 12000 setting 9ms 32 points assignment special 32 points Conversion speed during simple loop control Number of occupied I O points Connection terminal 20 point terminal block 0 75 to 1 5mm Applicable tightening torque 39 to 59N cm 1 25 3 1 25 YS3A 2 3 5 2 YS3A V1 25 M3 V1 25 YS3A V2 S3 V2 YS3A Applicable wire size Applicable solderless terminal 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible L60AD2DA2 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 2 channels module 16384 to 16383 When the scaling function is used 32768 to 32767 10 to 10VDC External load resistance value 1KQ to 1MQ 0 to 20mADC o External load resistance value 0 to 6000 Analog output range Digital input value Resolution 0 to 5V 416uV tt 0 to 12000 l 1 to 5V 333V Voltage 10 to 10V 16000 to 16000 625uV i S
171. it range The M code set value is enabled during the positioning data current value changing instruction Acceleration deceleration speed control occurs when the command frequency value converted from the speed limit value exceeds the maximum command frequency of the positioning module being used Only two word type 1 to 8388608ms can be used as the setting value for the acceleration deceleration time Switching between one word type and two word type has been stopped Stop process and restart after stop positioning operation stop Peripheral side emergency stop is deleted from the stop causes of Stop group 2 sudden stop selection Test mode fault in the stop causes of Stop group 3 sudden stop selection is changed into the stop causes of Stop group 2 sudden stop selection Stop LD75 peripheral is added to the stop causes of Stop group 3 sudden stop selection Error code 100 Peripheral device stop during operation is deleted CPU module error occurrence is added to the stop causes of Stop group 2 Sudden stop selection A1SD75PLI S3 LD75P4 D4 READY signal X0 OFF Normal READY Not READY WDT error ON Not READY WDT error Normal READY Manual pulse generator operation The number of connected manual pulse generators is changed from 1 axis to 1 module Axis operation status Step stopped is changed to Stopped and Step error occurring is
172. ited 1007 1008 CH1 Logging hold request R W 1009 CH2 Logging hold request R W 1010 CH3 Logging hold request R W 1011 CH4 Logging hold request R W 2 25 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT L60AD4 nal Read write 1012 to System area Use prohibited 1015 1016 CH1 Logging hold flag R 1017 CH2 Logging hold flag R 1018 CH3 Logging hold flag R 1019 CH4 Logging hold flag R 1020 to System area Use prohibited 1023 1024 CH1 Logging data setting R W 1025 CH2 Logging data setting R W 1026 CH3 Logging data setting R W 1027 CH4 Logging data setting R W 1028 to System area Use prohibited 1031 1032 CH1 Logging cycle setting value R W 1033 CH2 Logging cycle setting value R W 1034 CH3 Logging cycle setting value R W 1035 CH4 Logging cycle setting value R W 1036 to System area Use prohibited 1039 1040 CH1 Logging cycle unit setting R W 1041 CH2 Logging cycle unit setting R W 1042 CH3 Logging cycle unit setting R W 1043 CH4 Logging cycle unit setting R W 1044 to System area Use prohibited 1047 1048 CH1 Logging points after trigger R W 1049 CH2 Logging points after trigger R W 1050 CH3 Logging points after trigger R W 1051 CH4 Logging points after trigger R W 1052 to System area Use prohibited 1055 1056 CH1 Level trigger condition setting R W 1057 CH2 Level trigger condition setting R W 1058 CH
173. ith the A1SD75PL1 S3 change the program When the built in I O functions of the LCPU are used refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built in I O Function Deleted function Precautions for replacement Stepping motor mode Requires no setting of when the stepping motor is used to improve its performance Fast machine OPR With the LD75P4 D4 there is no possible function for replacement Special start stop Execute it separately for the start two times In the LD75P4 D4 the start block area in the buffer memory is expanded to five blocks 0 to 4 Indirect designation MED Each start block can be directly specified with Positioning start No 7000 to 7004 Block transfer With the A1SD75PLI S3 this interface is used to set Positioning data No 101 to 600 that do not exist in the buffer memory Positioning data I F Since all positioning data can be set in the buffer memory with the LD75P4 D4 this function is deleted The contents the same as the start history Therefore the LD75P4 D4 stores only the start Start history during errors history System monitor data These data were deleted because they can be displayed in system monitor Module s detailed Module name OS type OS information of GX Works2 version For details refer to the GX Works2 Operating Manual 9 A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 Functions changed from the A1SD75P1 S3 P2 S3 P3 S3 When the following f
174. l A1S68DAI L60DA4 Precautions for replacement With the L60DAA disabling the D A conversion for an unused channel reduces the conversion cycles D A output enable disable function Sets whether to output the D A conversion value or the offset value for each channel The conversion speed is constant regardless of the output enable disable status Range switching function Sets the output range to be used Offset gain setting function Corrects errors in analog output values Analog output HOLD CLEAR function Sets the status of analog output values HOLD or CLEAR according to the CPU module operating status RUN STOP or stop error The A1S68DAI is set the status for all channels at once using the HLD CLR terminal on the front of the module With L60DA4 HOLD CLEAR is set for each channel Analog output test when CPU module is in STOP status Outputs the converted analog values when Output enable disable flag is forcibly turned on while the CPU module is in the STOP status D A conversion Setting Enable Disable combi enable disable CHO Output enable disable flag nation Enable Disable Enable Disable Not Analog output test Allowed Not allowed allowed Resolution mode Sets the resolution according to the application Since the resolution differs between AnS series and L series modules it needs to be matche
175. l and outputs digital output values upon each conversion For each channel averages A D conversion values by the amount of time and outputs the average value as a digital value Averaging Count average processing For each channel averages A D conversion values by the number of times and outputs the average value as a digital value The setting range of average time and count differ Refer to the MELSEC L Analog Digital Converter Module User s Manual and check the specifications Moving average For each channel averages A D conversion values by the number of times on a moving of each sampling processing and outputs the average value as a digital value Range switching function Sets the input range to be used Offset gain setting function Compensates for errors in digital output values Conversion speed switch function Sets the conversion speed Input range extended mode function Extends the input range By combining this function with the input signal error detection function simple disconnection detection can be executed Maximum value minimum value hold function Input signal error detection function Stores the maximum and minimum values of the digital output values in the module Detects the analog input value which exceeds the setting range Input signal error detection extension function Extends the detection method of the input signal error detection funct
176. le 1 External wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program The number of occupied l O points I O A1S66ADA L60AD2DA2 signals and buffer memory addresses are changed 4 Performance specifications Analog input 4CH gt 2CH 5 Functional specifications Not changed 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT d Ex Point Replacement module L60AD2DA2 does not have the simple loop control function expression function When the simple loop control function expression function is used with A1S63ADA the sequence program needs to be addressed Processing of the simple loop control function expression of A1S63ADA A1S63ADA Ed Function I 2 D A sion Analog voltage current output Examples of function 1 y AX1 BX2 C A B C constant formula X1 CH1 Analog input value X1 X2 CH2 Analog input value 6 CH3 Analog output value 3 Coordinate specification CH1 Analog input CH3 Analog output Processing when it is replaced with L60AD2DA2 CPU module L60AD2DA2 Sequence program Reading CH1 Digital value CH1 Digital output value 1 Analog voltage current input go ssssecerscmcedccece Reading CH2 Digital value 7 A program executing CH2 Digital output value 1 Analog voltage current input ithe same processing as the function i
177. limiter 2B 4B m System area Use prohibited 2C 4 2D 4D Sensor correction value setting 2E 4E Adjustment sensitivity dead band setting 2F 4F Heating control output period setting R W 30 50 Primary delay digital filter setting 31 51 Control response parameter 32 52 Re System area Use prohibited 33 53 34 54 Setting change rate limiter R W 29 22 System area Use prohibited 36 56 37 57 Upper limit setting limiter 38 58 Lower limit setting limiter R W 39 59 CT selection 3A 5A Heater disconnection alert setting 3B 5B Aa System area Use prohibited 3C 5C 3D 5D Unused channel setting R W 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L60TCRT4BW Address hexadecimal N Read writ ame ead write CH1 CH2 0 Error code 1 2 Decimal point position 5 6 Alert definition 9 A Temperature process value PV D E Manipulated value for heating MVh R 11 12 Temperature rise judgment flag 15 16 Heating transistor output flag 19 1A Set value SV monitor 1D Cold junction temperature process value 1 MAN mode shift completion flag R Memory of PID constants read Write completion flag R 20 40 Input range 21 41 Stop mode setting 22 42 Set value SV setting 23 43 Heating proportional band Ph setting 24 44 Integral time 1 setting 25 45 Derivative time D setting R W 26 46 Alert set value 1 27 47 Alert set value 2 28
178. ling operation function to sequence program App 6 A 12 For the products shown in handbooks for transition catalogues and transition examples refer to the manuals for the relevant products and check the detailed specifications precautions for use and restrictions before replacement For the products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd and other companies refer to the catalogue for each product and check the detailed specifications precautions for use and restrictions before use The manuals and catalogues for our products products manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Engineering Co Ltd and Mitsubishi Electric System amp Service Co Ltd are shown in Appendix of each handbook for transition Details of models certified by each standard are available at the following Mitsubishi Electric FA site http www mitsubishielectric com fa worldwide index html Products shown in this handbook are subject to change without notice A 13 GENERIC TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS Unless otherwise specified this handbook uses the following generic terms and abbreviations Generic term abbreviation Description Series 8 The abbreviation for large types of Mitsubishi MELSEC A series programmable series controllers The abbreviation for compact types of Mitsubishi MELSEC A series programmable AnS
179. log signals In this case use the Low speed 1ms channel averaging processing function to remove the effect of noise Voltage 15V Current 30mA 4 channels module Up to 50000 times Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler Between channels Not insulated o Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VACrms for 1 minute O Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10MQ or higher 16 points The number of occupied I O points is I O assignment intelligent 16 points changed to 16 points 18 point terminal block x 0 3 to 0 75mm Wiring needs to be changed R1 25 3 Solderless terminals with an insulation sleeve cannot be used x 0 52A A Recalculation of internal current consumption 5VDC is required 0 19kg 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 2 2 Functional comparison Item A D conversion enable disable function Description Sets whether to enable or disable the A D conversion for each channel By disabling the conversion for the channels that are not used the sampling time can be shortened Supported Not supported Precautions for replacement Sampling processing Time average Performs the A D conversion for analog input values successively for each channel and outputs digital output values upon each conversion For each channel averages A D conversion values by the am
180. ls 500VAC for 1 minute Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 20MQ or more Between input channels 500VDC 20MQ or more U R D Co LTD CTL 12 S36 8 CTL 12 S36 10 CTL 12 S56 10 CTL 6 P H Full scale x 1 096 3 to 255 16 points slot I O assignment intelligent 16 points 16 points 2 slots I O assignment intelligent 16 points The number of occupied I O points and slots are different 18 point terminal block Two 18 point terminal blocks 22 to 18 AWG x R1 25 3 Wiring change is required 0 31 0 35 Recalculation of internal current consumption 5VDC is required 0 18kg 28 5 W x 90 H x 117 D mm 0 33kg 57 0 W x 90 H x 117 D mm 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 2 3 A1S64TCTT BW S1 Specifications A1S64TCTT S1 A1S64TCTTBW S1 Control output Transistor output Number of temperature input points 4 channels module Applicable temperature sensor Refer to Section 5 2 3 1 Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 0 3 1 digit Indication accuracy Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 C Full scale x 0 7 1 digit Cold junction Temperature E temperature process value PV 1 00 Y compensation Temperature u accuracy process value PV Within 2 0 C ambient Temperature temperature Within 3
181. ls is 2 L26CPU BT External input voltage 24V only The input terminal filter characteristics are different 7 Function specifications Limit switch output function Coincidence output function Two coincidence detection output points can be set No periodic pulse counter function 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT AnS QnAS series Transition to L series Product Model Model Remarks Restrictions 1 External wiring Terminal block wiring Connector wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Counting speed 200K 100K or 10KPPS 4 Counting range 32 bit signed binary 2147483648 to 2147483647 LD62 Program does not need to be reviewed 5 Program The number of occupied l O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed 6 Performance specifications The input terminal filter characteristics are different 7 Function specifications Limit switch output function Coincidence output function Two coincidence detection output points can be set 1 External wiring Terminal block wiring Connector wiring A1SD62 Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Changed 0 module I O function built in CPU 3 Counting speed 200K 100K 50K or 10KPPS LO2SCPU 4 Counting range 32 bit signed binary LO2CPU 2147483648 to 2147483647 LO6CPU Program does not need to be reviewed L26CPU 5 Program Incompatible Need to be created L26CPU BT 6 Performance
182. lue change request Use prohibited Warning output clear request Error clear request 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 4 4 Buffer memory address comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the buffer memory address assignment differs For details of the buffer memory areas and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Digital Analog Converter Module User s Manual A1S68DAV DA4 Read write Read write 0 Analog output enable disable channel D A conversion enable disable setting 1 CH 1 digital value 1 CH1 digital value 2 CH 2 digital value 2 CH2 digital value R W 3 CH3 Digital value 3 CH3 Digital value 4 CH4 Digital value R W 4 CH4 Digital value 5 CH5 Digital value 5 6 CH6 Digital value to System area Use prohibited 7 CH7 Digital value 10 8 CH8 Digital value 11 1 Set value check code 9 System area Use prohibited 12 CH2 Set value check code R 10 CH1 Set value check code 13 CH3 Set value check code 11 CH2 Set value check code 14 Set value check code 12 CH3 Set value check code 15 13 Set value check code R to System area Use prohibited 14 CH5 Set value check code 18 15 CH6 Set value check code 19 Latest error code R 16 CH7 Set value check code 20 Setting range 1 8 Set value check code 21 System area Use prohibited
183. m resistance Temperature thermometer type Resolution Resolution measurement range measurement range 200 0 to 600 0 300 to 1100 1 Pt100 0 1 200 0 to 200 0 300 0 to 300 0 0 1 200 0 to 500 0 300 to 900 1 JPt100 0 1 200 0 to 200 0 300 0 to 300 0 0 1 5 19 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE Specifications O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Compatibility Precautions for replacement ccorcrraaw 16 points slot 16 points 2 slots The number of occupied I O points I O assignment intelligent 16 points I O assignment intelligent 16 points and slots are different 18 point terminal block Two 18 point terminal blocks 22 to 18 AWG x Wiring change is required R1 25 3 0 34A 0 35A Recalculation of internal current consumption 5VDC is required 0 18kg 0 33kg 28 5 W 90 H x 117 D mm 57 0 W x 90 H x 117 D mm 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 2 5 A1S62TCTT BW S2 Control output Specifications A1S62TCTT S2 A1S62TCTTBW S2 Transistor output Number of temperature input points 2 channels module Applicable temperature sensor Refer to Section 5 2 5 1 Indication accuracy Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 0 3 1 digit Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 Full scale x 0 7 1 digit
184. mperature sensor to be used ON OFF pulse 10 to 30VDC 0 1A point 0 4A common 0 4A 10ms 0 1 or lower 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1A 2 5VDC MAX at 0 1A 9 OFF ON 2ms or less ON OFF 2ms or less Maximum 101 times number of read write from to a non volatile memory O Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Transformer Between input channels Transformer o Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute Between input channels 500VAC for 1 minute Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 20MQ or more Between input channels 500VDC 20MQ or more U R D Co LTD CTL 12 S36 8 CTL 12 S36 10 CTL 12 S56 10 CTL 6 P H o Full scale x 1 0 3 to 255 5 28 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 1 Calculate the accuracy in the following method Accuracy Indication accuracy Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy Example Accuracy at the input range of 38 the operating ambient temperature of 35 C and the temperature process value PV of 300 C 400 0 200 0 Full scale x x0 007 0 796 1 0 C Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy 5 2 C 5 29 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE Memo 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE It Specifications RE A1S62TC
185. ms of control such as program modification or operating status change of a running programmable controller read the relevant manuals carefully and ensure that the operation is safe before proceeding Especially when a remote programmable controller is controlled by an external device immediate action cannot be taken if a problem occurs in the programmable controller due to a communication failure To prevent this configure an interlock circuit in the program and determine corrective actions to be taken between the external device and CPU module in case of a communication failure An absolute position restoration by the positioning function may turn off the servo on signal servo off for approximately 20ms and the motor may run unexpectedly If this causes a problem provide an electromagnetic brake to lock the motor during absolute position restoration Design Precautions NCAUTION Do not install the control lines or communication cables together with the main circuit lines or power cables Keep a distance of 100mm or more between them Failure to do so may result in malfunction due to noise During control of an inductive load such as a lamp heater or solenoid valve a large current approximately ten times greater than normal may flow when the output is turned from off to on Therefore use a module that has a sufficient current rating After the CPU module is powered on or is reset the time taken to enter th
186. n Apply the rated voltage to the aluminum electrolytic capacitor for several hours once a year to activate it Or rotate products at the periodic inspection in every 1 year or two Reference The life of an aluminum electrolytic capacitor even if not used under a normal temperature decreases approximately at 1 4 speed of the case when it is energized Appendix 2 Relevant Manuals Manuals can be downloaded from the following Mitsubishi Electric FA site http www mitsubishielectric com fa worldwide Appendix 2 1 Replacement handbooks 1 Transition guides M b anual name anual number large AnS small 1 MELSEC A QnA Series Transition Guide L 08077E 2 MELSEC AnS QnAS Series Transition Guide L 08236E x 2 Transition handbooks Target No a A large AnS small Manual name Manual number Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook Fundamentals Transition from MELSEC AnS QnAS Small Type Series to Q 1 L 080219ENG x Series Handbook Fundamentals Transition from MELSEC AnS QnAS Small Type Series to L Series Handbook Fundamentals Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type Series to Q Series Handbook Intelligent Function Modules Transition from MELSEC AnS QnAS Small Type Series to Q 2 L 08220ENG x O Series Handbook Intelligent Function Modules Transition from MELSEC AnS QnAS Small Type Series to L L 08043ENG O
187. n permission Specifications subject to change without notice L NA 08259ENG B 1312 MEE
188. nction A P present value of the limit switch output instead Limit switch output function TE command counter matches the output Note that the specifications such status preset to a channel as set point are different Coincidence detection Generates an interrupt signal to the CPU interrupt function module when coincidence is detected Latches the present value at the time Latch counter function S O O O signal is input Counts the pulse that was input during Sampling counter function VEM O the sampling time set Stores the present value to Periodic Periodic pulse counter pulse count present value and the um function previous value to Periodic pulse count previous value for each set cycle 6 9 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 2 3 I O signal comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the I O signal assignment differs For details of the I O signals and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L High Speed Counter Module User s Manual When the built in I O functions of the LCPU are used the special relay is used For details refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built in I O Function A1SD61 L62D Device Signal name Device Signal name No 3 No 3 XO Watchdog timer error flag YO 1 CH1 limit switch output status Y1 flag 2 CH2 limit switch output status Y2 flag limit switch ou
189. ndustrial shipment settings offset value R W 203 CH1 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 204 CH2 Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 205 CH2 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 206 CH3 Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 207 CH3 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 208 CH4 Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 209 CH4 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 210 CH1 User range settings offset value R W 211 CH1 User range settings gain value R W 212 CH2 User range settings offset value R W 213 CH2 User range settings gain value R W 214 CH3 User range settings offset value R W 215 CH3 User range settings gain value R W 216 CH4 User range settings offset value R W 217 CH4 User range settings gain value R W 218 to System area Use prohibited 199 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 1 List of Analog I O Module Alternative Models for Replacement AnS QnAS series Transition to L series Product Model Model Remarks Restrictions 1 External wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program The number of occupied l O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed A1S63ADA L60AD2DA2 4 Performance specifications An external power supply 24VDC is required 5 Functional specifications Simple loop control function expression function available Not Analog nalog I O module availab
190. neous temperature rise status R 2DF 2EF 2FF 30F Setting change rate limiter unit time setting R W 310 Peak current suppression control group setting R W 311 Sensor compensation function selection R W 312 Temperature conversion completion flag R 313 Function extension bit monitor R 314 Sampling cycle monitor R 315 E System area Use prohibited 4FE 4FF Buffer memory for error history R FFF 1000 E System area Use prohibited CFFF 5 59 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE Memo 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 5 4 A1S62TCTT BW S2 A1S62TCRT BW S2 and L series modules A1S62TCTT BW S2 A1S62TCRT BW S2 lie Address hexadecimal N Readiwrit ame ead write CH2 0 Write data error code R W 1 2 Decimal point position 5 6 Alert occurrence details 9 A Temperature process value PV D E Heating manipulation value MV 11 12 Increased temperature determination flag 15 16 Heating transistor output flag 19 1A Heater current process value 1D Cooling contact temperature process value System area Use prohibited 20 40 Input range 21 41 Stop mode setting 22 42 Set value SV setting 23 43 Heating proportional band Ph setting 24 44 Integral time 1 setting 25 45 Derivative time D setting 26 46 Alert set value 1 27 47 Alert set value 2 28 48 Alert set value 3 29 49 Alert set value 4 2A 4A Heating cooling upper limit output
191. ng hold reques R W 1009 CH2 Logging hold reques R W 1010 CH3 Logging hold reques R W 1011 CH4 Logging hold reques R W 1012 to System area Use prohibited 1015 1016 CH1 Logging hold flag R 1017 CH2 Logging hold flag R 1018 CH3 Logging hold flag R 1019 CH4 Logging hold flag R 1020 to System area Use prohibited 1023 1024 CH1 Logging data setting R W 2 12 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT L60AD4 Address decimal Name Read write 1025 CH2 Logging data setting R W 1026 CH3 Logging data setting R W 1027 Logging data setting R W 1028 to System area Use prohibited 1031 1032 CH1 Logging cycle setting value R W 1033 CH2 Logging cycle setting value R W 1034 CH3 Logging cycle setting value R W 1035 CH4 Logging cycle setting value R W 1036 to System area Use prohibited 1039 1040 CH1 Logging cycle unit setting R W 1041 CH2 Logging cycle unit setting R W 1042 CH3 Logging cycle unit setting R W 1043 Logging cycle unit setting R W 1044 to System area Use prohibited 1047 1048 CH1 Logging points after trigger R W 1049 CH2 Logging points after trigger R W 1050 CH3 Logging points after trigger R W 1051 CH4 Logging points after trigger R W 1052 to System area Use prohibited 1055 1056 CH1 Level trigger condition setting R W 1057 CH2 Level trigger condition setting R W 1058 CH
192. nge is required Recalculation of internal current consumption 5VDC is required 0 29A 0 33A 0 17kg 0 28kg 28 5 W x 90 H x 117 D mm 57 0 W x 90 H x 117 D mm From the previous page Thermocouple Temperature measurement range measurement range S 0 to 1700 1 0 to 3000 1 B 400 to 1800 1 800 to 3000 1 0 to 400 E O to 1000 1 0 to 1800 1 0 0 to 700 0 0 1 N 0 to 1300 1 0 to 2300 1 0 to 400 0 to 700 U 200 to 200 300 to 400 1 0 0 to 600 0 0 1 0 to 400 0 to 800 L 0 to 900 1 0 to 1600 0 0 400 0 0 0 to 900 0 ed 7 7 PL II 0 to 1200 1 0 to 2300 1 W5Re W26Re 0 to 2300 1 0 to 3000 1 5 16 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 2 4 A1S64TCRT BW S1 Control output Specifications A1S64TCRT S1 A1S64TCRTBW S1 Transistor output Number of temperature input points 4 channels module Applicable temperature sensor Refer to Section 5 2 4 1 Indication accuracy Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 0 3 1 digit Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 C Full scale x 0 7 1 digit Sampling cycle 0 5s Constant regardless of the number of channels used Control output cycle 1 to 100s Input impedance 1MO Input filter 0 to 100s Sensor correction value setting 50 00 to 50 00 Operation at sensor input disconnection Upscale processing Tem
193. ning output lower limit value R W 3 17 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Address decimal 94 Read write to System area Use prohibited 157 158 me R W Mode switching setting 159 R W 160 to System area Use prohibited 199 200 Pass data classification setting R W 201 System area Use prohibited 202 1 Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 203 CH1 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 204 CH2 Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 205 CH2 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 206 CH3 Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 207 CH3 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 208 CHA Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 209 CH4 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 210 CH1 User range settings offset value R W 211 CH1 User range settings gain value R W 212 CH2 User range settings offset value R W 213 CH2 User range settings gain value R W 214 CH3 User range settings offset value R W 215 CH3 User range settings gain value R W 216 CH4 User range settings offset value R W 217 CH4 User range settings gain value R W 218 to System area Use prohibited 1799 3 18 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 4 A1S68DAV 3 4 1 Performance specifications comparison Item Digital input A1S68DAV 16 bit signed binary Setting range 2048 to 2047 Analog output 10 to 0 to 10VDC Ex
194. nse parameter 32 52 72 92 AUTO MAN mode switch 33 53 73 93 Manual output setting 34 54 74 94 Setting change rate limiter 35 55 75 95 AT bias 36 56 76 96 Forward reverse action setting 37 57 77 97 Upper setting limiter 38 58 78 98 Lower setting limiter 39 59 79 99 CT selection 3A 5A 9 Heater disconnection alert setting 3B 5B 7B 9B Open loop detection time 3C 5C 7 9C Open loop detection dead band 3D 5D 7D 9D Unused channel setting 1 For the A1S64TCRT BW S1 this area is prohibited to use 2 For the L60TCRT4 and L60TCRT4 BW this area is prohibited to use 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L60TCRT4BW Name Read write 0 Error code 1 2 3 4 Decimal point position 5 6 7 8 Alert definition 9 B Temperature process value PV D E F 10 Manipulated value MV 11 12 13 14 Temperature rise judgment flag R 15 16 17 18 Transistor output flag 19 1A 1B 1C Set value SV monitor 1D Cold junction temperature process value 1E MAN mode shift completion flag Memory of PID constants read Write completion flag R 20 40 60 80 Input range 21 41 61 81 Stop mode setting 22 42 62 82 Set value SV setting 23 43 63 83 Proportional band P setting 24 44 64 84 Integral time 1 setting 25 45 65 85 Derivative time D setting 26 46 66 86 Alert set value 1 27 47 67 87 Alert set value 2 28 48 68 88 Alert set value 3 29 49 69 8
195. nsition to L series External wiring Connector and wiring are changed Number of slots Changed 0 module built in function of the CPU module Program Need to be created Incompatible Performance specifications Changed such as locus control disabled and 200KPPS Function specifications Changed Positioning pattern 10 data axis No Manual pulse generator input no backlash compensation function no electronic gear function no torque limit function and position unit when an open collector is pulse only connected LD75P4 1 External wiring Connector and wiring are changed when an open collector is 2 Number of slots Not changed connected 3 Program I O signals and buffer memory assignment are changed The entire program is reviewed according to the specifications LD75D4 change when a differential driver is 4 Performance specifications 4 axes connected 5 Function specifications Partly changed Example Manual pulse generator 1 1 module LD75P4 1 External wiring Connector and wiring are changed when an open collector is 2 Number of slots Not changed connected 3 Program I O signals and buffer memory assignment are changed The entire program is reviewed according to the specifications A1SD75P3 S3 LD75D4 change when a differential driver is 4 Performance specifications 4 axes connected 5 Function specifications Partly changed Example Manual pulse generator 1 axis
196. nt sensor compensation gain latch request R W 227 247 2 point sensor compensation gain latch completion R 234 254 Setting change rate limiter temperature drop R W 2B8 2B9 Temperature conversion setting R W 5 52 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L6E0TCRT4BW Address hexadecimal N Readiwrit ead write CH1 CH2 2C0 2C1 Manipulated value for cooling MVc R Manipulated value of cooling MVc for output with another 2C4 2C5 R analog module 2C8 2C9 Cooling transistor output flag R 2CF Cooling method setting 2D0 2E0 Cooling proportional band Pc setting 2D1 2E1 Cooling upper limit output limiter R W 2D2 2E2 Cooling control output cycle setting 203 2 Overlap dead band setting 2D4 2E4 Manual reset amount setting R W 205 2 5 Process value PV scaling function enable disable setting R W 2D6 2E6 Process value PV scaling lower limit value R W 2D7 2E7 Process value PV scaling upper limit value R W 2D8 2E8 Process value PV scaling value R 2D9 2bE9 Derivative action selection R W 2DF 2EF Setting change rate limiter unit time setting R W 311 Sensor compensation function selection R W 312 Temperature conversion completion flag R 313 Function extension bit monitor R 314 Sampling cycle monitor R 315 System area Use prohibited 4FE 4FF Buffer memory for error
197. og output command value unit 4 34 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT L60AD2DA2 Address decimal 4764 to System area Use prohibited 4799 4800 Latest address of error history R 4801 to System area Use prohibited 4809 4810 No 1 Error code No 1 Error time First two digits of the year Last two digits of the year 4812 No 1 Error time Month Day 4813 No 1 Error time Time Minute 4814 No 1 Error time Second Day of the week 4815 to No 1 System area Use prohibited 4819 4820 to No 2 Same as No 1 4829 4830 to No 3 Same as No 1 4839 4840 to No 4 Same as No 1 4849 4850 to No 5 Same as No 1 4859 4860 to No 6 Same as No 1 4869 4870 to No 7 Same as No 1 4879 4880 to No 8 Same as No 1 4889 4890 to No 9 Same as No 1 4899 4900 to No 10 Same as No 1 4909 4910 to No 11 Same as No 1 4919 4920 to No 12 Same as No 1 4929 4930 to No 13 Same as No 1 4939 4940 to No 14 Same as No 1 4949 4950 to No 15 Same as No 1 4959 4960 to No 16 Same as No 1 4969 Read write 4811 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT L60AD2DA2 Address Readiwrit decimal RR System area Use prohibited CH1 Logging data When the logging function is used R CH2 Logging data When the logging function is used System area Use prohibited When the logging function is used
198. old junction PV Within 1 0 C temperature 100 C or more Accuracy compensation Temperature process value accuracy PV Within 2 0 C ambient 150 C to 100 C temperature Temperature process value 0 C to 55 C Within 3 0 C 200 C to 150 C Sampling cycle 0 5s Constant regardless of the number of channels used Control output cycle 1 to 100s Input impedance 1MO Input filter 0 to 100s Sensor correction value setting Operation at sensor input disconnection Temperature control method 50 00 to 50 00 Upscale processing Standard control PID ON OFF pulse or two position control Heating cooling control PID ON OFF pulse PID constants setting Standard control Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning Heating cooling control Can be set by auto tuning PID constants range Proportional band P Standard control 0 0 to 1000 096 Heating cooling control 0 1 to 1000 096 Integral time 1 1 to 3600s Derivative time D 0 to 3600s Set value SV setting range Within the temperature range set for the temperature sensor to be used Output signal ON OFF pulse Rated load voltage 10 2 to 30VDC peak voltage 30 0V Maximum load current 0 1A point 0 4A common Maximum inrush current Transistor output 0 4A 10ms Leakage current at OFF 0 1mA or lower Maximum voltage drop at ON 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1A 2 5VDC
199. omparison EET 3 Miss 24 bit unsigned binary 32 bit signed binary comparison between the 5 CPU module Set value lt count value and high Set value count value G result 5 speed counter Set value gt count value Z module 2 A1SD62D 5 12 24VDC 2 to 5mA 2 A1SD62D S1 Differential input The t Preset 2 EIA Standard RS 422 A differential Since the external input line driver can be connected specifications differ check the External input ie Function start 5 12 24VDC 2 to 5mA specifications of an external device command 24VDC 4 1mA signal Transistor sink t tput i xterna oincidence 12 24VDC 0 5A point 2 rd point speci ini ions iffer check the output output 8 points common specifications of an external 1 point channel 2 points channel device Internal current consumption 0 25A Recalculation of internal current 5VDC consumption 5VDC is required Weight 0 25kg o 6 19 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 6 3 2 Functional comparison Supported Not supported LO2SCP LO2SCPU P LO2CPU LO2CPU P A1SD62 LO6CPU Precautions for Description LD62 D E D D S1 LO6CPU P replacement L26CPU L26CPU P L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT Changes the counter present value to Preset function specified value Disable function Terminates countin
200. on scaling enable disable setting R W 2054 to 2057 System area Use prohibited 2058 2059 2060 CH3 D A conversion scaling lower limit value CH3 D A conversion scaling upper limit value CH4 D A conversion scaling lower limit value 2061 CH4 D A conversion scaling upper limit value R W 4 32 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT uae Read write 2062 to System area Use prohibited 2089 2090 CH3 Warning output upper limit value 2091 CH3 Warning output lower limit value RW 2092 CH4 Warning output upper limit value 2093 CH4 Warning output lower limit value 2094 to System area Use prohibited 3001 3002 CH3 Wave output start stop request R W 3003 CH4 Wave output start stop request R W 3004 to System area Use prohibited 3009 3010 CH3 Output setting during wave output stop RIW 3011 CH4 Output setting during wave output stop 3012 to System area Use prohibited 3017 3018 CH3 Output value during wave output stop RW 3019 CH4 Output value during wave output stop 3020 to System area Use prohibited 3027 3028 Wave pattern start address setting L 3029 CH3 Wave pattern start address setting H RIN 3030 CH4 Wave pattern start address setting L 3031 CH4 Wave pattern start address setting 3032 to System area Use prohibited 3043 3044 CH3 Wave pattern data points setting L 3045 CH3 Wav
201. onnecting the cable to an incorrect interface may cause failure of the module and external device Tighten the terminal block screws within the specified torque range Undertightening can cause short circuit fire or malfunction Overtightening can damage the screw and or module resulting in drop short circuit fire or malfunction When disconnecting the cable from the module do not pull the cable by the cable part For the cable with connector hold the connector part of the cable For the cable connected to the terminal block loosen the terminal screw Pulling the cable connected to the module may result in malfunction or damage to the module or cable Prevent foreign matter such as dust or wire chips from entering the module Such foreign matter can cause a fire failure or malfunction A protective film is attached to the top of the module to prevent foreign matter such as wire chips from entering the module during wiring Do not remove the film during wiring Remove it for heat dissipation before system operation To use the high speed counter function ground the shield cable on the encoder side relay box with a ground resistance of 1000 or less Failure to do so may cause malfunction Mitsubishi programmable controllers must be installed in control panels Connect the main power supply to the power supply module in the control panel through a relay terminal block Wiring and replacement of a power supply module must be performed by
202. or lower 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1A 2 5VDC MAX at 0 1A OFF gt ON 2ms or less ON OFF 2ms or less O Maximum 1012 times number of read write from to a non volatile memory 1 Calculate the accuracy in the following method Accuracy Indication accuracy Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy Example Accuracy at the input range of 38 the operating ambient temperature of 35 and the temperature process value PV of 300 C 400 0 200 0 Full scale x x0 007 0 796 1 0 C Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy 5 2 5 4 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE Item Insulation method Specifications A1S64TCTRT A1S64TCTRTBW Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Transformer Between input channels Transformer Dielectric withstand voltage Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute Between input channels 500VAC for 1 minute Insulation resistance Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10MQ or more Between input channels 500VDC 10MQ or more Current sensor Heater disconnection detection specifications U R D Co LTD CTL 12 S36 8 CTL 6 P H Input accuracy Full scale x 1 0 Number of alert delay 3 to 255 Number of occupied I O points
203. or more Between input channels 500VDC 10MO or more 5 41 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specifications L60TCTT4 L60TCTT4BW Compatibility Precautions for replacement Transistor output The standard control heating Standard control 4 channels module O cooling control can be combined in Heating cooling control 2 channels module the L series module Refer to Section 5 2 3 1 Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 0 396 1 B Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 Full scale x 40 796 1 Within 1 0 C Within 2 0 C Within 3 0 C 1 250ms 4 channels 500ms 4 channels Constant regardless of the number of The sampling cycle be selected channels used in the L series module 0 5s to 100 0s 1MQ 0 to 1005 50 00 to 50 00 Upscale processing O PID ON OFF pulse or two position control O Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning O 0 0 to 1000 0 O 0 to 3600s 0 to 36005 Within the temperature range set for the temperature sensor to be used O ON OFF pulse O 10 to 30VDC O 0 1A point 0 4A common O 0 4A 10ms O 0 1mA or lowers 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1 2 5VDC MAX at 0 1A OFF ON 2 or less ON OFF 2ms or less Maximum 101 times number of read write from to a non
204. ort protection Available 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Compatible A Partial change required Incompatible L60DA4 Compatibility Precautions for replacement Since the resolution differs pe ea ot using Sb uence program user When the scaling function is used 32768 to 32767 gaseg progran range settings or the scaling function Refer to Appendix 3 Voltage 10 to 10VDC External load resistance value 1 to 1 Current 0 to 20mADC o External load resistance value 0 to 6000 Analog output range Digital value Maximum resolution 0 to 5V 250uV 0 to 20000 1 to 5V 200uV Voltage 10 to 10V 500uV 20000 to 20000 User range settings 333uV 2 Since the resolution differs 0 to 20000 n between AnS series and L series Current 4 to 20mA 800nA modules it needs to be matched User range settings 20000 to 20000 700nA A using a sequence program user range settings or the scaling function Refer to Appendix 3 Ambient temperature 25 5 C within 0 1 voltage 10mV current 20yuA Ambient temperature 0 to 55 C within 0 3 voltage 30 current 60 20us channel 4 channels module Up to 50000 times Available 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Item A1S62DA Between the output terminal and programmable controller p
205. ount of time and outputs the average value as a digital value Averaging Count average processing For each channel averages A D conversion values by the number of times and outputs the average value as a digital value The setting range of average time and count differ Refer to the MELSEC L Analog Digital Converter Module User s Manual and check the specifications Moving average For each channel averages A D conversion values by the number of times on a moving of each sampling processing and outputs the average value as a digital value Range switching function Sets the input range to be used Offset gain setting function Compensates for errors in digital output values Conversion speed switch function Sets the conversion speed Input range extended mode function Extends the input range By combining this function with the input signal error detection function simple disconnection detection can be executed Maximum value minimum value hold function Input signal error detection function Stores the maximum and minimum values of the digital output values in the module Detects the analog input value which exceeds the setting range Input signal error detection extension function Extends the detection method of the input signal error detection function Use this function to detect the input signal error only in the lower limit or upper limit or to execute the disconne
206. ower supply Photocoupler Insulation method Between channels Not insulated Dielectric withstand voltage Insulation resistance 32 points Number of occupied 1 int rel eccle UO point I O assignment special 32 points Connection terminal 20 point terminal block Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm Applicable solderless terminal 1 25 3 1 25 YS3A V1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Internal current consumption 5VDC 0 80A Voltage External power mm n BUDDIY consumption Inrush current Weight 0 32kg 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Compatible A Partial change required Incompatible L60DA4 Compatibility Precautions for replacement Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler Between output channels Not insulated Between external power supply and analog output Transformer Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VACrms for 1 minute Between external power supply and analog output 500VACrms for 1 minute o Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10 or higher 16 points The number of occupied I O points I O assignment intelligent 16 points is changed to 16 points 18 point terminal block x 0 3 to 0 75mm x Wiring change is required R1 25 3 Solderless terminals with an insulation sleeve cannot be used x 0 16A 24VDC 20 15
207. peration pattern Da 2 Control system 1300 2300 3300 2000 8000 14000 Da 3 Acceleration time No Da 4 Deceleration time No Da 9 M code condition data 1301 2301 3301 2001 8001 14001 No Da 8 Dwell time JUMP destination positioning data 1302 2302 3302 2002 8002 14002 g No Not used 1303 2303 3303 2003 8003 14003 1304 2304 3304 2004 8004 14004 M Con Command speed 1305 2305 3305 2005 8005 14005 no Da5 Positioning address 1306 2306 3306 2006 8006 14006 enen anon 1307 2307 3307 2007 8007 14007 1308 2308 3308 2008 8008 14008 Da 6 Arc address 1309 2309 3309 2009 8009 14009 14010 to No 2 1310 to 1319 2320 to 2329 3310 to 3319 2010 to 2019 8010 to 8019 ae 14020 to No 3 1320 to 1329 2330 to 2339 3320 to 3329 2020 to 2029 8020 to 8029 ae 14990 to No 100 2290 to 2299 3290 to 3299 4290 to 4299 2990 to 2999 8990 to 8999 ee Da 10 Shape Da 11 Start data No P st Da 12 Special star pois 4300 4950 4550 4600 4800 4850 26000 26050 27000 27050 28000 28050 T s instruction Da 13 Parameter 5 2nd point 4301 4351 4551 4601 4801 4851 26001 26051 27001 27051 28001 28051 3rd point 4302 4352 4552 4602 4802 4852 26002 26052 27002 27052 28002 28052 s EE EN i c 8 50th point 4349 4399 4599 4649 4849 4899 26049 26099 27049 27099 28049 28099 Da 14 Condition target Da 15 Condition
208. perature control method PID ON OFF pulse or two position control PID constants setting Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning Proportional band P 0 0 to 1000 0 PID constants range Integral time 1 1 to 3600s Derivative time D 0 to 3600s Set value SV setting range Within the temperature range set for the temperature sensor to be used Output signal Rated load voltage ON OFF pulse 10 2 to 30 0VDC Maximum load current 0 1A point 0 4A common Maximum inrush current Transistor output Leakage current at OFF 0 4A 10ms 0 1mA or lower Maximum voltage drop at ON 1 0VDC TYP at 0 1A 2 5VDC MAX at 0 1A Response time OFF ON 2ms or less ON OFF 2ms or less Number of writes to E2PROM Maximum 100000 times Insulation method Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Transformer Between input channels Transformer Dielectric withstand voltage Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute Between input channels 500VAC for 1 minute Insulation resistance Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10 or more Between input channels 500VDC 10MQ or more Heater disconnection Current sensor detection specifications Input accuracy 5 17 Number of alert delay U R D Co LTD CTL 12 S36 8 CTL 6 P
209. ply Photocoupler Insulation method SW a Between channels Not insulated Dielectric withstand voltage Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VACrms for 1 minute Insulation resistance Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 5MQ or higher 64 points Input 64 points output 64 points Number of ied I ints umber ofoccup ed VO pot I O assignment output 64 points Connection terminal 20 point terminal block 0 75 to 1 25mm Applicable tightening torque 39 to 59N cm 1 25 3 1 25 YS3 2 3 5 2 YS3A V1 25 M3 V1 25 YS3A V2 S3 V2 YS3A Applicable wire size Applicable solderless terminal Voltage 21 6 to 26 4VDC External power umen 0 16A supply consumption Inrush current Internal current consumption 5VDC Weight 0 33kg 0 21A 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required Incompatible L60AD2DA2 Compatibility Precautions for replacement 2 channels module 16384 to 16383 When the scaling function is used 32768 to 32767 10 to 10VDC External load resistance value 1KQ to 1MQ DC 0 to 20mA External load resistance value 0 to 6000 UT Analog output range Digital input value Resolution 0 to 5V 416uV 110 5V 0 to
210. prohibited 22 e a R W 23 Offset gain setting mode Gain specification 24 Averaging process setting R W 25 System area Use prohibited 26 Conversion speed setting R W 27 Input signal error detection extension setting R W 28 System area Use prohibited 29 Digital clipping enable disable setting R W 30 CH1 Maximum value 31 CH1 Minimum value 32 CH2 Maximum value 33 CH2 Minimum value 34 CH3 Maximum value i 35 CH3 Minimum value 36 CH4 Maximum value 37 CH4 Minimum value 38 to System area Use prohibited 46 47 Input signal error detection setting R W 48 Warning output setting R W 49 Input signal error detection flag R 50 Warning output flag Process alarm R System area Use prohibited 53 Scaling enable disable setting R W 2 23 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Address decimal Name Read write 54 CH1 Scaling value digital operation value R 55 CH2 Scaling value digital operation value R 56 CH3 Scaling value digital operation value R 57 CH4 Scaling value digital operation value R 58 to System area Use prohibited 61 62 CH1 Scaling lower limit value R W 63 CH1 Scaling upper limit value R W 64 CH2 Scaling lower limit value R W 65 CH2 Scaling upper limit value R W 66 CH3 Scaling lower limit value R W 67 CH3 Scaling upper limit value R W 68 CH4 Scaling lower limit value R W 69 Sc
211. pulse counter function 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT Ex Point 1 Module replacement A pulse generator such as an encoder that is connected to an AnS series module can be connected to a L series module Check the operation of the device before actually used in the system because the operating environment the external wiring method differs Counting range of the counter Counting range differs between AnS series modules and L series modules To change the counting range so that the ranges will be the same in the modules before and after the replacement program needs to be reviewed A1SD62 E D D S1 0 to 16777215 24 bit unsigned binary A1SD61 LCPU built in I O function LD62 D 2147483648 to 2147483647 32 bit signed binary Wiring An external wiring method differs between AnS series modules and L series modules A1SD61 A1SD62 E D D S1 Wiring using a terminal block LD62 D LCPU built in I O function Wiring using a connector When using an I O signal wire with a solderless terminal of an AnS series module for the purpose of module replacement take the appropriate action such as using a connector terminal block converter module When replacing A1SD61 with LD62 Before replacement After replacement 00000000 Cable ACO5TB LJ AC10TB l AC20TB Lt AC30TB AC50TB AC80TB AC100TB Connector terminal block converter module A6TBXY36
212. put g Transistor output LO2SCPU LO2CPU LO6CPU 5 1562 sink type L26CPU L26CPU BT sink type Since the external output External Coincidence 12 24VDC 0 5A point 2A common LO2SCPU P LO2CPU P LO6CPU P specifications differ check output output A1S62E source type L26CPU P L26CPU PBT source type the specifications of 12 24VDC 0 1A point 0 4A common 5 to 24VDC 0 1 A point external device 8 points common 1 point channel 2 points channel Recalculation of internal Internal current consumption BVDC 0 10A current consumption 5VDC is required Weight 0 25kg 6 15 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 Comparison between A1SD62D S1 and LD62D O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible A1SD62D S1 Precautions for bility replacement 32 points 16 points The number of occupied Number of occupied I O points assignment special 32 VO assignment intelligent 16 points A yo points is changed to points 16 points Number of channels 2 channels 500 200 100 10K Set the counting speed Counting speed switch setting 200K 10K 200K to 100K to 10K to 10KPPS of the LD62D with the 500KPPS 200KPPS 100KPPS or less switch setting Phase 1 phase input 2 phase input Count input signal Signal level EIA Standard RS 422 A differential line driver level o 9B AM26LS31 manufactu
213. qualified maintenance personnel with knowledge of protection against electric shock For wiring methods refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Hardware Design Maintenance and Inspection Startup and Maintenance Precautions NWARNING Do not touch any terminal while power is on Doing so will cause electric shock or malfunction Correctly connect the battery connector Do not charge disassemble heat short circuit solder or throw the battery into the fire Also do not expose it to liquid or strong shock Doing so will cause the battery to produce heat explode ignite or leak resulting in injury and fire Shut off the external power supply all phases used in the system before cleaning the module or retightening the terminal block screws or the connector screws Failure to do so may result in electric shock NCAUTION Before performing online operations especially program modification forced output and operating status change for the running CPU module from the peripheral device connected read relevant manuals carefully and ensure the safety Improper operation may damage machines or cause accidents Do not disassemble or modify the modules Doing so may cause failure malfunction injury or a fire Use any radio communication device such as a cellular phone or PHS Personal Handy phone System more than 25cm away in all directions from the programmable controller Failure to do so may cause
214. r 0 to 15 Md 24 Axis in which the warning occurred 689 to 749 1358 to 1418 Md 25 Axis warning No 690 to 750 1359 to 1419 Md 26 Axis warning occurrence time Hour minute a LD75P4 D4 2 691 to 751 1360 to 1420 Md 16 Axis warning occurrence Day hour Md 27 Axis warning occurrence time Second 100ms LD75P4 D4 692 to 752 1361 to 1421 Md 17 Axis warning occurrence Minute second Md 28 Warning history pointer 753 1422 T 13 A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT Buffer memory address Item of 15075 0 53 15075 0 53 LD75P4 D4 800 900 1000 800 900 1000 Md 29 Current feed value 801 901 1001 801 901 1001 802 902 1002 802 902 1002 Md 30 Machine feed value 803 903 1003 803 903 1003 804 904 1004 804 904 1004 805 905 1005 805 905 1005 32 Valid M code 806 906 1006 808 908 1008 Md 33 Axis error No 807 907 1007 806 906 1006 Md 34 Axis warning No 808 908 1008 807 907 1007 Md 35 Axis operation status 809 909 1009 809 909 1009 810 910 1010 810 910 1010 Md 36 Gurrent speed 811 911 1010 811 911 1011 812 912 1012 812 912 1012 813 913 1013 813 913 1013 p m 814 914 1014 814 914 1014 Md 38 Speed position switching con
215. r less Phase 1 phase input 2 phase input Count EIA Standard RS 422 A differential DC input 24V 6 0 input signal Signal level line driver level Differential input The EIA Standard o oA AM26LS31 manufactured by Texas RS 422 A differential line driver can Instruments or equivalent be connected lanes 200KPPS 10KPPS 200KPPS 100KPPS 10KPPS 200KPPS Counting speed input i 1 phase multiple of 2 2 phase maximum 2 phase A input 200KPPS 7KPPS 200KPPS 100KPPS 10KPPS multiple of 4 Since the LCPU built in 1 0 n 24 bit unsigned binary 32 bit signed binary function uses 32 bit signed Counting range A 0 to 16777215 2147483648 to 2147483647 binary values sequence program needs to be changed UP DOWN preset counter ring counter function S Minimum count pulse width duty ratio 5096 5 5 o m 200KPPS o o 2 5 2 5 Unit us Counter Minimum phase difference in 2 phase input 1 2505 100 10KPPS 1 phase 5us 1 phase 2 phase 10 input 50 50 Unit us 1 phase input 142 10KPPS 2 phase input 71171 Unit us 2 phase input 6 18 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible LO2SCPU LO2CPU A1SD62D S1 LO6CPU L26CPU L26CPU BT Compati Bo Precautions for replacement bility Magnitud C
216. r o 0 12A 3 5A 1000 or less A Inrush current is greater 0 17A 0 22kg 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 3 2 Functional comparison 1 A D conversion functions Description O Available Not available A1S66ADA L60AD2DA2 Precautions for replacement A D conversion enable disable function Sets whether to enable or disable A D conversion for each channel By disabling the conversion for the channels that are not used the sampling time can be shortened Sampling processing Performs the A D conversion for analog input values successively for each channel and outputs digital output values upon each conversion Time average For each channel averages A D conversion values by the amount of time and outputs the average value as a digital value Averaging processing For each channel averages A D conversion values by the number of times and outputs the average value as a digital value Moving average For each channel averages A D conversion values by the number of times on a moving of each sampling processing and outputs the average value as a digital value Range switching function Input range extended function Sets the input range to be used Extends the input range By combining this function with the input signal error detection function simple disconnection detection can be executed Maximum value minimum v
217. r s Count average number of times and outputs the average value as a digital processing ae value specifications For each channel averages A D conversion values by the Moving average number of times on a moving of each sampling processing and outputs the average value as a digital value Range switching function Sets the input range to be used Extends the input range By combining this function with the Input range extended function input signal error detection function simple disconnection detection be executed Maximum value minimum value Stores the maximum and minimum values of the digital output hold function values in the module i Input signal Detects the analog input value which exceeds the setting range function To use the same digital output Scale converts the digital output value to the set range of the A value hans me R D conversion scaling upper limit value and A D conversion 156 5 1 the scaling Scaling function dis upper and lower limit values scaling lower limit value This omits the programming of the Scala conversion that match the resolution of the A1S63ADA using the scaling function Logs the digital output value or scaling value digital operation Logging function value The data of 10000 points can be logged for each O Available Not available Precautions for replacement
218. re occurring from inappropriate storage or handling carelessness or negligence by the user Failure caused by the user s hardware or software design 2 Failure caused by unapproved modifications etc to the product by the user 3 When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a user s device Failure that could have been avoided if functions or structures judged as necessary in the legal safety measures the user s device is subject to or as necessary by industry standards had been provided 4 Failure that could have been avoided if consumable parts battery backlight fuse etc designated in the instruction manual had been correctly serviced or replaced 5 Failure caused by external irresistible forces such as fires or abnormal voltages and Failure caused by force majeure such as earthquakes lightning wind and water damage 6 Failure caused by reasons unpredictable by scientific technology standards at time of shipment from Mitsubishi 7 Any other failure found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by the user 2 Onerous repair term after discontinuation of production 1 Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for seven 7 years after production of the product is discontinued Discontinuation of production shall be notified with Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins etc 2 Product supply including repair parts is not available after production is discontinued 3 Overseas service Overse
219. re within 25 5 0 1 20 digit 2 3 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Item A1S64AD Maximum conversion speed 20ms channel Absolute maximum input Voltage 15V Current 30mA Number of analog input points 4 channels module Number of offset gain settings Insulation method Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler Between channels Not insulated Withstand voltage Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute Insulation resistance Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 5MQ or higher Number of occupied I O points 32 points I O assignment special 32 points External connection system 20 point terminal block Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm Applicable tightening torque 39 to 59N cm Applicable solderless terminal 1 25 3 1 25 YS3 V1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Internal current consumption 5VDC 0 40A Weight 0 25kg 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required Incompatible L60AD4 Compatibility Precautions for replacement The conversion speed of L60AD4 is faster than A1S64AD Therefore noi hich High speed 20us channel default ar uu V ui bie not imported to A1S64AD be imported Medium speed 80ps channel as ana
220. red by Texas Instruments or equivalent 1 ph Counting i 200KPPS 10KPPS speed 2 P 500KPPS 200KPPS 100KPPS 10KPPS s phase maximum 200KPPS 7KPPS input Since the LD62D uses Counting 24 bit unsigned binary 32 bit signed binary V PA A RR range 0 to 16777215 2147483648 to 2147483647 idi program needs to be changed Type UP DOWN preset counter ring counter function Minimum count pulse width duty ratio 50 24 500KPPS Ee cunt Minimum phase difference in 2 phase input 0 54s 200KPPS 2525 3 Counter 25 25 Unit us Minimum phase difference in 2 phase input 1 254 o 515 Performance specifications of 1 channel Jul B 100KPPS Laks Unit us Minimum phase difference in 2 phase input 2 54s 100 100 10KPPS 1 phase input 50 50 Unit us 5050 Unit us 1 phase input Minimum phase difference in 2 phase input 254s 142 10KPPS 2 phase input 71 71 Unit us 2 phase input 6 16 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible 150620 51 compet Precautions for bility replacement Magnitud mparison gu E 24 bit unsigned binary 32 bit signed binary amp comparison range 9 between CPU SS module and Set value lt count value te
221. refore the scaling value of each channel needs to be read from the buffer memory Present value read condition Read the scaling value digital FROMP HO K54 DO K1 operation value of Channel 1 from the buffer memory 2 Example of sequence program settings Setting conditions a Resolution of the AnS series module 1 8000 Only one channel is used b L series module L60AD4 Example of scaling settings and scaling values digital operation values read program Setting request condition HO K53 K1 K1 E TOP HO K62 KO K1 HO K63 K8000 K1 FROMP HO K54 DO K1 Enable the scaling function of Channel 1 Set the scaling lower limit value to 0 Set the scaling upper limit Present value value to 8000 read condition Read the scaling value digital operation value of Channel 1 from the buffer memory Buffer memory areas of L60AD4 used by the scaling function a Address Hexadeci Description Default Read write mal Decimal 354 53 Scaling enable disable setting OOFFy R W 36 54 CH1 Scaling value digital operation value 0 374 55 CH2 Scaling value digital operation value 0 R 384 56 CH3 Scaling value digital operation value 0 394 57 CH4 Scaling value digital operation value 0 to to System area Use prohibited 3Ey 62 CH1 Scaling lower limit value 0 3Fy 63 CH1 Scaling upper limit value 0 404 64 CH2 Scaling lower limit value 0
222. ren nnne nnn enne 4 9 423 O signal comparisOFi Ea Po e daa a Er a pee aD Ee ative 4 11 4 2 4 Buffer memory address comparison ssssssssssseeeee enne nennen nennen nnns 4 12 4 3 566 4 21 4 3 1 Performance specifications comparison ceceeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeesenesnceeeaeeeeeess 4 21 4 3 2 Functional COMPARISON AE RARE NER ER A reg 4 25 4 3 3 signal comparison nennen nennt nennen rens 4 27 4 3 4 Buffer memory address comparison sssssssssseeeeeeenne eene nennen nnns 4 29 CHAPTER 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE REPLACEMENT 5 1to5 65 5 1 List of Heating cooling Temperature Control Module Temperature Control Module Alternative Models for Replacement 5 1 5 2 Performance Specifications Comparison eene nnne 5 3 5 2 1 A1S64TCTRT BW thermocouple connection ssseee mmm 5 3 5 22 A1S864TCTRT BW platinum resistance thermometer connection 5 7 5 2 9 ATS64TCII BW S1 ea ree teet te tu esed Fete 5 11 5 2 4 ATSOATCRT BW NES etat padece top a Roo de kd E
223. rence conversion trigger R W 173 CH2 Difference conversion trigger R W 174 CH3 Difference conversion trigger R W 175 CH4 Difference conversion trigger R W 176 to System area Use prohibited 179 180 CH1 Difference conversion reference value R 181 CH2 Difference conversion reference value R 182 CH3 Difference conversion reference value R 183 CHA Difference conversion reference value R 184 to System area Use prohibited 189 190 CH1 Difference conversion status flag R 191 CH2 Difference conversion status flag R 192 CH3 Difference conversion status flag R 2 11 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Address decimal Name Read write 193 CH4 Difference conversion status flag R 194 to System area Use prohibited 199 200 Pass data classification setting R W 201 System area Use prohibited 202 CH1 Industrial shipment settings offset value L R W 203 CH1 Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 204 CH1 Industrial shipment settings gain value L R W 205 CH1 Industrial shipment settings gain value R W 206 CH2 Industrial shipment settings offset value L R W 207 CH2 Industrial shipment settings offset value R W 208 CH2 Industrial shipment settings gain value L R W 209 CH2 Industrial shipment settings gain value H R W 210 CH3 Industrial shipment settings offset value L R W
224. resses are changed Performance specifications Changed 2 channels module 4 channels module Functional specifications Changed Refer to Section 5 3 External wiring Cable size is changed Number of slots Not changed Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed Performance specifications Changed 2 channels module 4 channels module Functional specifications Changed Refer to Section 5 3 External wiring Cable size is changed Number of slots Changed 2 modules occupied 16 intelligent points Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed Performance specifications Changed 2 channels module 4 channels module Functional specifications Changed Refer to Section 5 3 5 2 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 2 Performance Specifications Comparison 5 2 1 A1S64TCTRT BW thermocouple connection Item Control output Specifications EXE A1S64TCTRT A1S64TCTRTBW Transistor output Number of temperature input points Standard control 4 channels module Heating cooling control 2 channels module Applicable temperature sensor Refer to Section 5 2 1 1 Indication accuracy Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 0 3 1 digit Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 C Full scale x 0 7 1 digit Temperature process value C
225. rigger pointer R 1118 to System area Use prohibited 1121 1122 CH1 Logging cycle monitor value s R 1123 CH1 Logging cycle monitor value ms R 1124 CH1 Logging cycle monitor value us R 1125 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value s R 1126 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value ms R 1127 CH2 Logging cycle monitor value us R 1128 CH3 Logging cycle monitor value s R 1129 CH3 Logging cycle monitor value ms R 1130 CH3 Logging cycle monitor value us R 1131 Logging cycle monitor value s R 1132 Logging cycle monitor value ms R 1133 CH4 Logging cycle monitor value us R 1134 to System area Use prohibited 1153 4154 CH1 Trigger detection time First two digits of the R year Last two digits of the year 1155 CH1 Trigger detection time Month Day R 1156 CH1 Trigger detection time Hour Minute R 4157 CH1 Trigger detection time Second Day of the R week 4158 CH2 Trigger detection time First two digits of the R year Last two digits of the year 1159 CH2 Trigger detection time Month Day R 1160 CH2 Trigger detection time Hour Minute R CH2 Trigger detection time Second Day of the 1161 R week 4162 CH3 Trigger detection time First two digits of the R year Last two digits of the year 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Address decimal Name Read write 1163 CH3 Trigger detection
226. rite block 5110 to 6109 T 17 A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT 7 2 5 External interface specifications comparison The following table lists the differences of the external interface specifications between the A1SD75PD S3 and LD75P4 D4 O Compatible A Partial change required Compati Item Difference 2 bility Precautions for replacement Drive unit READY Upper lower limit signal Stop signal Near point dog signal Input resistance 4 7kQ 4 3kQ Speed position switching signal Input resistance 4 7 gt 7 7kQ input Input resistance 3 5kQ 4 7kQ at input of 24V 0 5kQ 0 62kQ at input of 5V Including the response time Zero signal Response time 0 8ms gt 1ms A differences reconfirming the ON voltage 2 5V 2 0V at 5V input specifications is required Rated input current 7mA 5mA at 24V input Manual pulse generator ON current 3 5mA 2mA Output Bus Deviation counter clear O 1 The external start and in position signals are not listed because the LD75P4 D4 does not have these signals 2 The Difference is described as the form Specifications of ATSD75PLI S3 Specifications of LD75P4 D4 3 The response time difference 0 2ms between the ATSD75PLI S3 and LD75P4 D4 is the time difference of 1pls as the creep speed of 5000pps If accuracy is required the creep speed needs to be as low as poss
227. rogrammable controller power supply Transformer Between input channels Transformer Dielectric withstand voltage Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VAC for 1 minute Between input channels 500VAC for 1 minute Insulation resistance 5 21 Between the input terminal and programmable controller power supply 500VDC 10 or more Between input channels 500VDC 10 or more 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible Specifications L60TCTT4 L60TCTT4BW Compatibility Precautions for replacement Transistor output The standard control and heating Standard control 4 channels module cooling control be combined in Heating cooling control 2 channels module the L series module Refer to Section 5 2 5 1 O Ambient temperature 25 C 5 C Full scale x 40 3 a Ambient temperature 0 C to 55 C Full scale x 0 7 Within 1 0 C Within 2 0 1 Within 3 0 1 Refer to Section 5 2 5 1 1 to 100s 1MQ 0 to 100s 50 00 to 50 00 Upscale processing PID ON OFF pulse or two position control Can be set by auto tuning or self tuning 0 0 to 1000 0 0 to 3600s 0 to 3600s Within the temperature range set for the temperature sensor to be used ON OFF pulse 10 to 30VDC 0 1A point
228. s refer to the MELSEC L Analog Digital Converter Module User s Manual 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT A1S64AD Al Address decimal Read write Address Name Readiwrit decimal 0 conversion enable disable setting 0 A D conversion enable disable setting Average processing specification 1 CH1 Time Average Count Average Moving Average 2 CH1 Average time count 2 CH2 Time Average Count Average Moving RW Average R W 3 CH2 Average time count 3 CH3 Time Average Count Average Moving Average A CH3 Average time count 4 CH4 Time Average Count Average Moving Average 5 CH4 Average time count 5 System area Use prohibited 8 System area Use prohibited z 9 9 Averaging process setting R W 10 CH1 Digital output value 10 A D conversion completed flag 11 CH2 Digital output value R 11 CH1 Digital output value 12 CH3 Digital output value 12 CH2 Digital output value R 13 CH4 Digital output value 13 CH3 Digital output value 14 14 CH4 Digital output value 15 m 15 16 System area Use prohibited 16 System area Use prohibited 17 17 18 Write data error code 18 19 A D conversion completed flag R 19 Latest error code R 20 Resolution setting R W 20 Setting range 21 System area Use prohibited 22 Offset gain setting mode Offset specification RIN 23 Offset g
229. s between AnS series and L series modules it needs to be matched by a user by creating a sequence program or changing user range settings O Measure required by user A Measure not required by user Resolution of AnS series analog I O module Resolution of L series analog I O module 1 4000 A 1 20000 1 8000 Ate L60AD4 1 12000 A 1 Adjust the resolution using the scaling function Refer to Appendix 3 2 2 Change the resolution in a sequence program Refer to Appendix 3 2 Appendix 3 2 Using the scaling function of an analog I O module By using the scaling function of the L series analog I O module a resolution can be changed 1 Example of setting intelligent function module parameters 5 Parameters can easily be set by using the intelligent function module parameters of GX Works2 without a program For details of the setting procedure refer to the manual for each module Setting conditions a Resolution of the AnS series module 1 8000 Only one channel is used b L series module L60AD4 Example of scaling setting window 5 Scaling function Sets for scaling on A D conversion Scaling enable disable setting O Enable Scaling upper limit value Scaling lower limit value _ The scaling value digital operation value and digital output value of the analog input module are stored different buffer memory addresses the
230. sconnection detection function Detects errors in the control system control loop caused by a load heater disconnection external operation devices such as magnet relay error or sensor disconnection Data storage in E7PROM By backing up data in the buffer memory to E2PROM the load of sequence program can be reduced Alert function Monitors the process value PV and issues a warning Output setting at CPU stop error Whether to hold or stop the temperature control output when a CPU stop error occurs can be selected Control function Specifies a control status by setting output signals and buffer memory areas Simultaneous temperature rise function Coordinates the time when several loops reach the set value SV at the same time Peak current suppression function Suppresses the peak current by changing automatically the upper limit output limiter value of each channel and dividing the timing of transistor output Temperature conversion function using unused channels Performs only the temperature measurement using unused temperature input terminals in the heating cooling control normal mode and mix control normal mode Temperature process value PV scaling function Converts the temperature process value PV to the set width and stores this value into the buffer memory areas Error history function Stores the errors and alarms occurred in the module to the buffer memory as a
231. series controllers A AnS series A generic term for A series and AnS series The abbreviation for large types of Mitsubishi MELSEC QnA series programmable QnA series controllers The abbreviation for compact types of Mitsubishi MELSEC QnA series programmable QnAS series controllers QnA QnAS series A generic term for QnA series and QnAS series A AnS QnA QnAS series A generic term for A series AnS series QnA series and QnAS series Q series The abbreviation for Mitsubishi MELSEC Q series programmable controllers L series The abbreviation for Mitsubishi MELSEC L series programmable controllers BCPU module type A generic term for A series AnS series QnA series QnAS series Q series and L CPU module series CPU modules Basic model QCPU A generic term for the Q00JCPU QOOCPU and Q01CPU High Performance model QCPU A generic term for the QO2CPU Q02HCPU QO6HCPU Q12HCPU and Q25HCPU Process CPU A generic term for the QO2PHCPU QO6PHCPU Q12PHCPU and Q25PHCPU Redundant CPU A generic term for the Q12PRHCPU and Q25PRHCPU A generic term for the QOOU J CPU Q01UCPU QO02UCPU Q03UD E CPU QO3UDVCPU Q04UD E HCPU QO4UDVCPU Q04UDPVCPU QOGUD E HCPU Universal model QCPU QOGUDVCPU Q06UDPVCPU Q10UD E HCPU Q13UD E HCPU Q13UDVCPU Q13UDPVCPU Q20UD E HCPU Q26UD E HCPU Q26UDVCPU Q26UDPVCPU Q50UDEHCPU and Q100UDEHCPU ICPU module model ACPU A generic term for MELSEC A series CPU modules AnSCPU A generic term for MELSE
232. setting A9 PID continuation flag AA Heater disconnection correction function selection AB AC AD AE System area Use prohibited AF Transistor output monitor ON delay time setting RIW BO CT monitor method switching B1 B2 B3 B4 Manipulated value MV for output with another analog module R B5 Resolution of the manipulated value for output with another 2 analog module B6 Cold junction temperature compensation selection R W B7 Control switching monitor R co Do Eo FO Alert 1 mode setting F1 Alert 2 mode setting ER F2 Alert 3 mode setting F3 Alert 4 mode setting 100 to 107 Heater current measurement value R 108 to 10F CT input channel assignment setting 110 to 117 CT selection R W 118 to 11F Reference heater current value 120 to 127 CT ratio setting R W 128 to 21F System area Use prohibited 220 240 260 280 2 point sensor compensation offset value measured value R W 2 point sensor compensation offset value compensation 221 241 261 281 R W value 222 242 262 282 2 point sensor compensation gain value measured value R W 223 243 263 283 2 point sensor compensation gain value compensation value R W 224 244 264 284 2 point sensor compensation offset latch request R W 225 245 265 285 2 point sensor compensation offset latch completion R 226 246 266 286 2 point sensor compensation gain latch request R W 227 247 267 287 2 point sensor compensation gain latch completion R 228 248 268 288 System area Use prohi
233. setting A9 PID continuation flag AA Heater voltage correction setting AB AC AD AE Reference heater current value AF Transistor output monitor ON delay time setting BO CT monitor method switching B1 B2 B3 B4 Control output monitor R B5 System area Use prohibited B6 Cold junction temperature correction selection R W B7 Control switching monitor R X Point Default values for the A series modules and L series modules may be different To apply an A series program using a default value to an L series module review the program For details refer to the user s manual for the L series module used 5 45 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4B L60TCRT4BW Address hexadecimal Nam Read write ame ad wri 3E 5E Memory of PID constants read instruction Automatic backup setting after auto tuning of PID constants R W 3F 5F TF 9F 1 us A2 System area Use prohibited A4 Alert dead band setting 5 Number of alert delay AG Heater disconnection output off time current error detection delay count R W AT Temperature rise completion range setting A8 Temperature rise completion soak time setting A9 PID continuation flag AA Heater disconnection correction function selection AB AC AD AE System area Use prohibited AF Transistor outp
234. specifications External input voltage 24V only The input terminal filter characteristics are different 7 Function specifications Limit switch output function Coincidence output function Two coincidence detection output points can be set High speed counter ES No periodic pulse counter function module 1 External wiring Terminal block wiring Connector wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Counting speed 200K 100K or 10KPPS 4 Counting range 32 bit signed binary 2147483648 to 2147483647 Program does not need to be reviewed LD62 5 Program The number of occupied l O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed 6 Performance specifications Output terminal type sink output The input terminal filter characteristics are different 7 Functional specifications Not changed A1SD62E 1 External wiring Terminal block wiring Connector wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Changed 0 module I O function built in CPU 3 Counting speed 200K 100K 50K or 10KPPS LO2SCPU P 4 Counting range 32 bit signed binary LO2CPU P 2147483648 to 2147483647 LOGCPU P Program does not need to be reviewed L26CPU P 5 Program Incompatible Need to be created L26CPU PBT 6 Performance specifications The input terminal filter characteristics are different 7 Function specifications Limit switch output function Coincidence output function Two
235. ssssssssssseeeee nenne enne nnne nnns 1 1 12 Precautions Tor Transition citet reet te eate HA o FM ADIRE a eO He a ir um aa 1 1 CHAPTER2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 1to2 29 2 1 List of Analog Input Module Alternative Models for Replacement 2 1 VEM DM Eme 2 2 2 2 1 Performance specifications comparison esses enne 2 2 2 2 2 Functional comparison ssssssssssssessssese eene eren 2 6 22 9 VO signal comparisOl ER den d RR deo ER eG 2 8 2 2 4 Buffer memory address comparison 2 9 29 ATSEBAD MA 2 18 2 3 1 Performance specifications comparison 2 18 2 3 2 F nctional COMPANISOM 2 i esos oer Ree nee Rem x inks e OR RE NP TRE aa AAE i 2 20 2 3 87 signal comparison icit ir dnd eget eed eee da Hae npn d dg d Mad Pee e eR pd 2 22 2 3 4 Buffer memory address comparison ssssssssssee eene nennen enne nnns 2 23 CHAPTER 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 3 1to 3 26 3 1 List of Analog Output Module Alternative Models for Replacement 3 1 3 2 GAVSG2DA e 3 3 3 2 1 Performance specifications comparison 3 3 3 2 2
236. stem area Use prohibited 85 86 CH1 Process alarm lower lower limit value R W 87 CH1 Process alarm lower upper limit value R W 88 CH1 Process alarm upper lower limit value R W 89 CH1 Process alarm upper upper limit value R W 90 CH2 Process alarm lower lower limit value R W 91 CH2 Process alarm lower upper limit value R W 92 CH2 Process alarm upper lower limit value R W 93 CH2 Process alarm upper upper limit value R W 94 CH3 Process alarm lower lower limit value R W 95 CH3 Process alarm lower upper limit value R W 96 CH3 Process alarm upper lower limit value R W 97 CH3 Process alarm upper upper limit value R W 98 CH4 Process alarm lower lower limit value R W 99 CH4 Process alarm lower upper limit value R W 100 Process alarm upper lower limit value R W 101 CH4 Process alarm upper upper limit value R W 102 to System area Use prohibited 141 142 CH1 Input signal error detection setting value R W 143 CH2 Input signal error detection setting value R W 144 CH3 Input signal error detection setting value R W 145 CHA Input signal error detection setting value R W 146 to System area Use prohibited 149 150 CH1 Shifting amount to conversion value R W 151 CH2 Shifting amount to conversion value R W 152 CH3 Shifting amount to conversion value R W 153 CH4 Shifting amount to conversion value R W 154 to System area Use prohibited 157 158 Mode switching setting R W 159 160 to System area Use prohibited 171 172 CH1 Diffe
237. strial shipment settings offset value L R W 211 CH3 Industrial shipment settings offset value H R W 212 CH3 Industrial shipment settings gain value L R W 213 CH3 Industrial shipment settings gain value H R W 214 CH4 Industrial shipment settings offset value L R W 215 CH4 Industrial shipment settings offset value H R W 216 CH4 Industrial shipment settings gain value L R W 217 CH4 Industrial shipment settings gain value H R W 218 CH1 User range settings offset value L R W 219 CH1 User range settings offset value H R W 220 CH1 User range settings gain value L R W 221 CH1 User range settings gain value H R W 222 CH2 User range settings offset value L R W 223 CH2 User range settings offset value H R W 224 CH2 User range settings gain value L R W 225 CH2 User range settings gain value H R W 226 CH3 User range settings offset value L R W 227 CH3 User range settings offset value H R W 228 CH3 User range settings gain value L R W 229 CH3 User range settings gain value H R W 230 CH4 User range settings offset value L R W 231 CH4 User range settings offset value H R W 232 CH4 User range settings gain value L R W 233 CH4 User range settings gain value H R W 234 to System area Use prohibited 999 1000 1 Logging enable disable setting R W 1001 CH2 Logging enable disable setting R W 1002 CH3 Logging enable disable setting R W 1003 Logging enable disable setting R W 1004 to System area Use prohib
238. t R 1336 CH3 Integrated flow amount L R 1337 CH3 Integrated flow amount H R 1338 Integrated flow amount L R 1339 Integrated flow amount R 1340 to System area Use prohibited 1347 1348 CH1 Integration cycle monitor value R 1349 CH2 Integration cycle monitor value R 1350 CH3 Integration cycle monitor value R 1351 CHA Integration cycle monitor value R 1352 to System area Use prohibited 1355 2 28 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Address decimal Name Read write 1356 CH1 Flow amount integration temporary stop RW request 1357 CH2 Flow amount integration temporary stop RW request 1358 CH3 Flow amount integration temporary stop RW request 1359 CH4 Flow amount integration temporary stop RW request 1360 to System area Use prohibited 1363 1364 CH1 Flow amount integration temporary stop flag R 1365 CH2 Flow amount integration temporary stop flag R 1366 CH3 Flow amount integration temporary stop flag R 1367 CH4 Flow amount integration temporary stop flag R 1368 to System area Use prohibited 1971 1372 CH1 Integrated flow amount clear request R W 1373 CH2 Integrated flow amount clear request R W 1374 CH3 Integrated flow amount clear request R W 1375 CH4 Integrated flow amount clear request R W 1376 to System area Use prohibited 1379 1380 CH1 Integrated flow amount clear flag R 1381 CH2 Integrated flow amount clear flag
239. t regardless of the output enable disable status Output varies when D A output is disabled Range switching function Sets the output range to be used Analog output HOLD CLEAR function Analog output test when CPU module is in STOP status 4 25 Sets the status of analog output values HOLD or CLEAR according to the CPU module operating status RUN STOP or stop error Outputs the D A converted analog values when CH Output enable disable flag is forcibly turned on while the CPU module is in the STOP status 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT Description A1S66ADA L60AD2DA2 Available Not available Precautions for replacement To use the same digital input lue that i d for th Scale converts the digital input value to the set range of the D A d esed i i A1S66ADA set the scaling conversion scaling upper limit value and D A conversion scaling MA Scaling function a upper and lower limit values lower limit value This omits the programming of the scale Conversion that match the resolution of the A1S66ADA using the scaling function Outputs an alarm when the digital value is out of the preset Alarm output function E Reads the wave data digital input values prepared in advance _ o and outputs analog data at the preset conversion cycle 3 Common functions O Available Not a
240. t of Analog Input Module Alternative Models for Replacement AnS QnAS series Transition to L series Product Model Model Remarks Restrictions 1 External wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Not changed 3 Program The number of occupied l O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed 4 Performance specifications Not changed 5 Functional specifications Not changed Analog input module 1 External wiring Cable size is changed 2 Number of slots Changed Two modules are required A1S68AD L60AD4 3 Program The number of occupied I O points I O signals and buffer memory addresses are changed 4 Performance specifications Not changed 5 Functional specifications Not changed A1S64AD L60AD4 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 2 A1S64AD 2 2 1 Performance specifications comparison Item A1S64AD Voltage 10 to 0 to 10VDC Input resistance value 1MQ Analog input Current 20 to 0 to 20mADC Input resistance value 250Q 16 bit signed binary When 1 4000 is set 4096 to 4095 When 1 8000 is set 8192 to 8191 When 1 12000 is set 12288 to 12287 Digital output I O characteristics Resolution 1 When 1 4000 is set 40 When 1 8000 is set 80 When 1 12000 is set 120 Overall accuracy Accuracy in respect to maximum digital output value EE I O characteristics and maximum resolutions of the A1S64AD ar
241. t settings gain value 206 CH3 Industrial shipment settings offset value 207 CH3 Industrial shipment settings gain value 208 CHA Industrial shipment settings offset value 209 CHA Industrial shipment settings gain value RW 210 CH1 User range settings offset value 211 CH1 User range settings gain value 212 CH2 User range settings offset value 213 CH2 User range settings gain value 214 CH3 User range settings offset value 215 CH3 User range settings gain value 216 CH4 User range settings offset value 217 CH4 User range settings gain value 218 to System area Use prohibited 999 1000 CH1 Logging enable disable setting RW 1001 CH2 Logging enable disable setting 1002 to System area Use prohibited 1007 1008 CH1 Logging hold request RW 1009 CH2 Logging hold request 1010 to System area Use prohibited 1015 1016 CH1 Logging hold flag R 1017 CH2 Logging hold flag 1018 to System area Use prohibited 1023 1024 CH1 Logging data setting RW 1025 CH2 Logging data setting 1026 to System area Use prohibited 1031 4 30 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT L60AD2DA2 Address decimal 1032 Name CH1 Logging cycle setting value Read write 1033 CH2 Logging cycle setting value 1034 to System area Use prohibited 1039 1040 CH1 Logging cycle unit setting RW 1041 CH2 Logging cycle unit setting 1042 to System area Use prohibit
242. t signed binary function uses 32 bit signed Counting range A 0 16777215 2147483648 2147483647 binary values sequence program needs to be changed Io Type UP DOWN preset counter ring counter function Minimum count pulse width duty ratio 50 5 200KPPS 5 10 2 Es 100KPPS D 515 8 Counter Unit us g Minimum phase difference in 5 2 phase input 2 54s a 100 10KPPS i 1 phase phase 10 input i 50 50 Unit us 1 phase input 142 10KPPS 2 phase input 71 71 Unit us 2 phase input 6 14 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible LO2SCPU LO2SCPU P LO2CPU LO2CPU P Precautions for replace ment Compati A1SD62 E LO6CPU LO6CPU P i L26CPU L26CPU P E L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT Magnitud Comparison ae Miss 24 bit unsigned binary 32 bit signed binary comparison range between the CPU module A Set value lt count value T Comparison 9 and high Set value 7 count value c result E speed counter Set value gt count value module Preset 5 12 24VDC 2 to 5mA Since the external input 5 Function start ae specifications differ check External input External the specifications of an 5 24VDC 4 1mA external device signal 8 Transistor out
243. tch completion R 226 246 2 point sensor compensation gain latch request R W 227 247 2 point sensor compensation gain latch completion R 234 254 Setting change rate limiter temperature drop R W 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE L60TCTT4 L60TCRT4 L60TCTT4BW L6E0TCRT4BW Address hexadecimal N Read writ ead write CH1 CH2 2B8 2B9 Temperature conversion setting R W 2C0 2C1 Manipulated value for cooling MVc R Manipulated value of cooling MVc for output with another 2C4 2C5 R analog module 2C8 2C9 Cooling transistor output flag R 2CF Cooling method setting 2D0 2E0 Cooling proportional band Pc setting 2D1 2E1 Cooling upper limit output limiter R W 2D2 2E2 Cooling control output cycle setting 203 2 Overlap dead band setting 2D4 2E4 Manual reset amount setting R W 205 2 5 Process value PV scaling function enable disable setting R W 2D6 2E6 Process value PV scaling lower limit value R W 2D7 2E7 Process value PV scaling upper limit value R W 2D8 2E8 Process value PV scaling value R 209 2 9 Derivative action selection R W 2DF 2EF Setting change rate limiter unit time setting R W 311 Sensor compensation function selection R W 312 Temperature conversion completion flag R 313 Function extension bit monitor R 314 Sampling cycle monitor R 315 i System area Use prohibited 4FE
244. tched 0 to 20mA 1000nA o using a sequence program user Current 4to 20mA 0 to 20000 800nA range settings or the scaling User range settings 20000 to 20000 700nA f nction Refer to 3 Ambient temperature 25 5 within 0 1 voltage 10mV current 20pA Ambient temperature 0 to 55 C within 0 3 o voltage 30mV current 604A 20us channel 4 channels module Up to 50000 times Available 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Item A1S68DAV Between the output terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler Insulation method Between output channels Not insulated Dielectric withstand voltage Insulation resistance 32 points Number of ied I O point I O assignment special 32 points Connected terminal 20 point terminal block M3 5x7 screws Applicable wire size 0 75 to 1 5mm R1 25 3 1 25 YS3 Applicable solderless terminal RAV1 25 3 V1 25 YS3A Internal current consumption 0 65A 5VDC Voltage mud power PEPEN consumption Inrush current Weight 0 22kg N 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible L60DA4 Between the I O terminal and programmable controller power supply Photocoupler Between output channels Not insulated Between external power supply and analog output Transformer Between the I O terminal and
245. ternal load resistance value 2KQ to 1MQ Digital input value Analog output value 2000 10V I O characteristics 1000 5V 0 ov 1000 5V 2000 10V Maximum resolution of analog 5mV value Overall accuracy accuracy at maximum analog output value 31 096 100mV Maximum conversion speed Within 4ms 8 channels If the access from the CPU module using the FROM TO instructions is frequent the speed may be increased for 6ms Number of analog output points 8 channels module Number of offset gain settings Output short protection 19 Available 3 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible L60DA4 Compatibility Precautions for replacement Since the resolution differs sod ia 20480 10 A043 o using a s6 uence program user When the scaling function is used 32768 to 32767 P i pag Mi range settings or the scaling function Refer to Appendix 3 Voltage 10 to 10VDC External load resistance value 1KQ to 1MQ Current 0 to 20mADC External load resistance value 0 to 6000 9 Analog output range Digital value Maximum resolution 0 to 5V 2500V 0 to 20000 Voltage 1 to 5V 200yV Since the resolution differs 3 10 to 10V 500V between AnS series and L series 20000 to 20000 User range settings 333uV modules it needs to be ma
246. tion fl X01 7 YOO to YOF YO1 to YO3 m X02 X03 Use prohibited Use prohibited X10 to X1F 1 to Y1F Y18 to Y1F X18 to X1F The on off status of Module READY differs between the LD75P4 D4 and A1SD75PLI S3 Not READY WDT error LD75P4 D4 OFF 15075 0 53 4 POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT 7 2 4 Buffer memory address comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the buffer memory address assignment differs For details of the buffer memory areas and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L LD75P LD75D Positioning Module User s Manual area shows the differences between the ATSD75PLI S3 and LD75P4 D4 When the built in I O functions of the LCPU are used the special register is used For details refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built in I O Function Buffer memory address A1SD75P0 S3 LD75P4 D4 Item of 15075 0 53 Axis 1 Axis 2 Axis 3 Axis 1 Axis 2 Axis 3 1 Unit setting 0 150 300 0 150 300 Pr 2 1 No of pulses per rotation Ap 1 151 301 1 151 301 Pr 3 1 Movement amount per rotation Al 2 152 302 2 152 302 Pr 4 Unit magnification Am 3 153 303 3 153 303 Pr 5 Pulse output mode 4 154 304 4 154
247. tion of internal current consumption 5VDC is required Weight 0 25kg 0 13kg 6 13 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 Comparison between A1SD62 E and LCPU built in I O function A1SD62 E O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible LO2SCPU LO2SCPU P LO2CPU LO2CPU P LO6CPU LO6CPU P L26CPU L26CPU P L26CPU BT L26CPU PBT Compati Precautions for replacement bility p 32 points 16 points The number of occupied I O Number of occupied I O points i PANE y I O assignment special 32 points l O assignment intelligent 16 points points is changed to 16 points Number of channels 2 channels 200K 100K 10K Counting speed switch setting 100K 10K 100K to 10K to 10KPPS 200KPPS 100KPPS or less Phase 1 phase input 2 phase input Count 5VDC DC input 24V 6 0 Since the external input input signal Signal level 12VDC 2 to 5mA Differential input me EIA Sandar A specifications differ check the oA 24VDC RS 422 A differential line driver can specifications of an external be connected device 1 phase 100KPPS 10KPPS 200KPPS 100KPPS 10KPPS 200KPPS Counting speed input 1 phase multiple of 2 2 phase maximum 2 phase A input 100KPPS 7KPPS 200KPPS 100KPPS 10KPPS multiple of 4 Since the LCPU built in 1 0 2 24 bit unsigned binary 32 bi
248. tions of the PRODUCTS are required For details please contact the Mitsubishi representative in your region REVISIONS The handbook number is given on the bottom left of the back cover Print Date Handbook Number Revision October 2012 L NA 08259ENG A _ First edition December 2013 L NA 08259ENG B _ Addition of LCPU models Addition of the L series analog input output module and review of alternative models Model addition LO2SCPU LO2SCPU P LOGCPU LO6CPU P L26CPU L26CPU P LH42C4NT1P L60AD2DA2 Addition Insert Chapter 4 and modify the Chapter 5 or later Japanese Handbook Version L08255 B This handbook confers no industrial property rights or any rights of any other kind nor does it confer any patent licenses Mitsubishi Electric Corporation cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this handbook 2012 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION 5 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A 1 CONDITIONS OF USE FOR THE PRODUCT A 8 REVISIONS A 9 GENERIC TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS 22222 A 14 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1to1 2 1 1 Advantages of Transition to L Series ss
249. to 1145 System area Use prohibited 1146 CH1 Logging status monitor value 1147 CH2 Logging status monitor value 1148 to 1153 1154 System area Use prohibited CH1 Trigger detection time First two digits of the year Last two digits of the year 1155 CH1 Trigger detection time Month Day 1156 CH1 Trigger detection time Hour Minute 1157 CH1 Trigger detection time Second Day of the week 1158 CH2 Trigger detection time First two digits of the year Last two digits of the year 1159 1160 CH2 Trigger detection time Month Day CH2 Trigger detection time Hour Minute 1161 CH2 Trigger detection time Second Day of the week 1162 to 1999 System area Use prohibited 2000 D A conversion enable disable setting R W 2001 2002 System area Use prohibited 2003 2004 2005 to 2012 CH3 Digital input value CH4 Digital input value System area Use prohibited R W 2013 CH3 Set value check code 2014 2015 to 2023 CH4 Set value check code System area Use prohibited 2024 Offset gain adjustment value specification R W 2025 System area Use prohibited 2026 HOLD CLEAR function setting 2027 to 2046 System area Use prohibited 2047 Warning output setting R W 2048 Warning output flag 2049 to 2052 System area Use prohibited 2053 D A conversi
250. top instruction CH4 Alert occurrence CH4 PID control forced XF YF XF YF 2 flag stop instruction X10 Y10 Setting operation mode X11 Y11 command X12 Y12 reset command X13 Y13 Use prohibited X14 14 CH1 Auto tuning Use prohibited command CH2 Auto tuning X15 Y15 command X16 Y16 Use prohibited X17 Y17 2 X18 Y18 E PROM backup command Default setting X19 Y19 registration command CH1 Forced PID control X1A Y1A stop command 5 4 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE A1S62TCTT BW S2 A1S62TCRT BW S2 Device Signal name Signal name No CH2 Forced PID control X1B Y1B stop command X1C Y1C Use prohibited X1D Y1D X1E Y1E Use prohibited 1 Depending the control mode of the L series module some of the input output signals listed in the above table become use prohibited signals For details refer to the MELSEC L Temperature Control Module User s Manual 2 These signals are enabled only when heating cooling control extended mode is selected For details refer to the user s manual for the module used 5 42 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 5 Buffer Memory Address Comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the buffer memory address assignment differs For details of the buffer memory areas and sequence programs refer to the user s manual for each module 5 5 1 A1S64TCTRT
251. top instruction CH3 Alert occurrence CH3 PID control forced XE YE flag stop instruction CH4 Alert occurrence PID control forced XF YF flag stop instruction 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE A1S64TCTRT BW Device g Device Signal name Signal name No No CH4 Auto tuning command FeRAM backup X18 Y18 command Default setting X19 Y19 registration command CH1 Forced PID control X1A Y1A Use prohibited stop command 2 CH2 Forced PID control X1B Y1B stop command CH3 Forced PID control X1C Y1C stop command CH4 Forced PID control X1D Y1D stop command X1E Y1E m Use prohibited X1F Y1F 1 Depending the control mode of the L series module some of the input output signals listed in the above table become use prohibited signals For details refer to the MELSEC L Temperature Control Module User s Manual 5 36 5 HEATING COOLING TEMPERATURE CONTROL MODULE TEMPERATURE 5 4 2 A1S64TCTRT BW and L series modules heating cooling control CTT4 L60TCRT4 A1S64TCTRT BW T4BW L60TCRT4BW Device Device Device Device Signal name Signal name Signal name Signal name No No No No XO Watchdog timer error flag YO XO READY flag YO N A 1 Temperature control v1 1
252. tput status Y3 flag x4 CHA limit switch output status YA flag X5 CH5 limit switch output status Y5 flag X6 CH6 limit switch output status Y6 flag x i limit switch output status v7 CH ligitesiich emm Use prohibited X8 imit switch output status Y8 flag x9 Limit switch output enable Y9 flag XA preset command detection flag XB Error flag YB XC Fuse extemal power cutoff detection flag Sampling periodic counter YD flag XE YE XF VWF X10 Y10 Count enable command X11 Y11 count command X12 Y12 command X13 Y13 Ring counter command X14 Y14 Counter function selection start command X15 Y15 Limit switch output command Use prohibited External preset command X16 Y16 detection reset command X17 Y17 Error reset command X18 Y18 x19 Y19 X1A Y1A X1B Y1B Use prohibited X1C 1 X1D Y1D X1E X1F Y1F 6 10 Device No Signal name Device No Signal name CH1 Coincidence signal No 1 X0 Module READY YO reset command CH1 Count lue 1 x1 Y1 CH1 Preset command point No 1 CH1 Counter value CH1 Coincidence signal x2 V2 coincidence point No 1 enable command CH1 Count I X3 CH1 Down count command point No 1 CH1 Ext t t X4 it xi ai 4 CH1 Count enable command detection X5 CH1 Counter value large y5 CH1 External pres
253. trol positioning amount 815 915 1015 815 915 1015 Md 39 External input output signal 816 916 1016 816 916 1016 Md 40 Status 817 917 1017 817 917 1017 818 918 1018 818 918 1018 Md 41 Target value 819 919 1019 819 919 1019 820 920 1020 820 920 1020 MOIS Target speed 821 921 1021 821 921 1021 n 822 922 1022 Md 43 OP absolute position 823 923 1023 824 924 1024 824 924 1024 Md 44 Movement amount after near point dog ON 825 925 1025 825 925 1025 Md 45 Torque limit stored value 826 926 1026 826 926 1026 Md 46 Special start data instruction code setting value 827 927 1027 827 927 1027 Md 47 Special start data instruction parameter setting value 828 928 1028 828 928 1028 Md 48 Start positioning data No setting value 829 929 1029 829 929 1029 Md 49 In speed limit flag 830 930 1030 830 930 1030 Md 50 In speed change processing flag 831 931 1031 831 931 1031 Md 51 Start data pointer being executed 832 932 1032 834 934 1034 Md 52 Last executed positioning data No 833 933 1033 837 937 1037 Md 53 Repeat counter 834 934 1034 832 932 1032 LD75P4 D4 Md 41 Special start repetition counter Md 54 Positioning data No being executed 835 935 1035 835 935 1035 Md 55 Block No being executed 836 936 1036 836 936 1036 1038 to 1038 to Md 56 Positioning data being executed 838 to 847 938 to 947 838 to 847 938 to 947 1047 1047 Deceleration start flag 899 999 1099 A POSITIONING MODULE REPLACEMENT Item of 15075 0 53 Buffer memory
254. ue check code 14 Set value check code 12 CH 3 set value check code 15 13 4 set value check code R to System area Use prohibited 14 CH 5 set value check code 18 15 CH 6 set value check code 19 Latest error code R 16 CH 7 set value check code 20 Setting range 17 CH 8 set value check code 21 System area Use prohibited Offset gain setting mode ee Offset specification 23 Offset gain setting mode R W Gain specification 24 Offset gain adjustment value specification 25 System area Use prohibited 26 HOLD CLEAR function setting R 27 to System area Use prohibited 46 47 Warning output setting R W 48 Warning output flag R 49 to System area Use prohibited 52 53 Scaling enable disable setting R W 54 CH1 Scaling lower limit value R W 55 CH1 Scaling upper limit value R W 56 CH2 Scaling lower limit value R W 57 CH2 Scaling upper limit value R W 58 CH3 Scaling lower limit value R W 59 CH3 Scaling upper limit value R W 60 CH4 Scaling lower limit value R W 61 Scaling upper limit value R W 62 to System area Use prohibited 85 86 CH1 Warning output upper limit value R W 87 CH1 Warning output lower limit value R W 88 CH2 Warning output upper limit value R W 89 CH2 Warning output lower limit value R W 90 CH3 Warning output upper limit value R W 91 CH3 Warning output lower limit value R W 92 CH4 Warning output upper limit value R W 93 CH4 War
255. uence programs refer to the MELSEC L Analog Digital Converter Module User s Manual A1S68AD L60AD4 Device Device Device Device Signal name Signal name Signal name Signal name No No No No timer YO Module READY YO error flag X1 A D conversion READY 1 X1 Y1 X2 Error flag Y2 X2 Y2 X3 Y3 X3 Y3 4 Y4 X4 prohibited gag Prohibited X5 Y5 X5 5 X6 Y6 X6 Y6 XT Y X7 Wi X8 Y8 X8 Warming output signal Y8 X9 Y9 x9 Operating condition Y9 Operating condition setting completed flag setting request XA YA mee User range write request XB YB XB Channel change request completed flag xc XC Input signal error detection Use prohibited signal YD XD Maximum value minimum YD Maximum value minimum value reset completed flag value reset request XE YE XE conversion completed YE Use prohibited Use prohibited flag XF YF XF Error flag YF Error clear request X10 Y10 x11 Y11 X12 Y12 Error reset X13 Y13 x14 Y14 X15 Y15 X16 Y16 X17 Y17 X18 Y18 X19 Y19 Use prohibited X1A Y1A X1B Y1B X1C Y1C X1D Y1D X1E X1F Y1F 2 22 2 ANALOG INPUT MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 3 4 Buffer memory address comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the buffer memory address assignment diff
256. unctions are used with the A1SD75PLI S3 check that there is no problem after the module is replaced with the LD75P4 D4 When the built in I O functions of the LCPU are used refer to the MELSEC L CPU Module User s Manual Built in I O Function Changed function Software stroke limit function Description The software stroke limit check of arc address is carried out only when sub point is specified The check is not carried out when a center point is specified The software stroke limit check during the speed control is carried out in the following When the software stroke limit is applied to the current feed value with Pr 14 and the current feed value Pr 21 When the software stroke limit is applied to the machine feed value is updated with When the current value is changed an error occurs if the specified address is out of the software stroke limit range Therefore the current value is not changed Error code change A1SD75PLI S3 There are 3 types of errors for each software stroke upper limit and lower limit error code 509 to 512 LD75P4 D4 Errors for the software stroke upper limit are integrated into one error code 507 Errors for the software stroke lower limit are integrated into one error code 508 Error codes 509 to 512 are deleted Current value changing M code function An error occurs when the specified new current value is out of the software stroke lim
257. ut monitor ON delay time setting RIW BO CT monitor method switching B1 B2 B3 B4 Manipulated value MV for output with another analog module R Resolution of the manipulated value for output with another B5 R W analog module B6 Cold junction temperature compensation selection R W B7 Control switching monitor B8 B9 BA BB Auto tuning mode selection R W BC to BF System area Use prohibited CO DO EO FO Alert 1 mode setting C1 D1 E1 F1 Alert 2 mode setting RAW C2 D2 2 2 Alert 3 mode setting C3 D3 E3 F3 Alert 4 mode setting C4 D4 E4 F4 i i System area Use prohibited CF DF 100 to 107 Heater current measurement value R 108 to 10F CT input channel assignment setting 110 to 117 CT selection R W 118 to 11F Reference heater current value 120 to 127 CT ratio setting R W 128 to 21F System area Use prohibited 220 240 260 280 2 point sensor compensation offset value measured value R W 2 point sensor compensation offset value compensation 221 241 261 281 R W value 222 242 262 282 2 point sensor compensation gain value measured value R W 223 243 263 283 2 point sensor compensation gain value compensation value R W 224 244 264 284 2 point sensor compensation offset latch request R W 225 245 265 285 2 point sensor compensation offset latch completion R 226 246 266 286 2 point sensor compensation gain latch request R W 227 247 267 287 2 point sensor compensation gain latch completion R 228 248 268 288 System area Use
258. vailable Item Description A1S66ADA L60AD2DA2 Precautions for replacement Turns on when the external power supply 24VDC is supplied nid Powersupply READY When the external power supply READY flag X7 is off A D and D A conversion processing is not performed Stores the errors and alarms occurred in the L60AD2DA42 to the Error log function buffer memory as a history Up to 16 errors and alarms can be stored Collects the errors and alarms occurred the L60AD2DA2 _ stores them in the CPU module Clears Msi from the system monitor window of the z This function can be used on programming tool the GX Works2 Saving and restoring offset gain Saves and restores the offset gain values in the user setting values range o Offset gain setting Corrects errors in the analog and digital output values 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT 4 3 3 signal comparison Sequence programs need to be changed because the I O signal assignment differs For details of the I O signals and sequence programs refer to the MELSEC L Analog I O Module User s Manual A1S66ADA L60AD2DA2 Device Signal name Device Signal name Device Signal name Device Signal name No 3 No x No 3 No 9 YO Module ready YO x1 Y1 x1 Y1 Use prohibited x2 Y2 x2 Y2 i
259. value 216 CH4 User range settings offset value 217 CH4 User range settings gain value 218 to System area Use prohibited 999 1000 CH1 Logging enable disable setting RW 1001 CH2 Logging enable disable setting 1002 to System area Use prohibited 1007 1008 1 Logging hold request RIN 1009 CH2 Logging hold request 1010 to System area Use prohibited 1015 1016 CH1 Logging hold flag R 1017 CH2 Logging hold flag 1018 to System area Use prohibited 1023 1024 CH1 Logging data setting R 1025 CH2 Logging data setting 1026 to System area Use prohibited 1031 1032 1 Logging cycle setting value RW 1033 CH2 Logging cycle setting value 4 13 4 ANALOG I O MODULE REPLACEMENT L60AD2DA2 Address decimal 1034 Name Read write to System area Use prohibited 1039 1040 CH1 Logging cycle unit setting RW 1041 CH2 Logging cycle unit setting 1042 to System area Use prohibited 1047 1048 1 Logging points after trigger RW 1049 CH2 Logging points after trigger 1050 to System area Use prohibited 1055 1056 CH1 Level trigger condition setting RIW 1057 CH2 Level trigger condition setting 1058 to System area Use prohibited 1063 1064 CH1 Trigger data 1065 CH2 Trigger data 1066 to System area Use prohibited 1071 1072 Level data 0 1073 Level data 1 1074 Level data 2 1075 Level
260. verter Module Type A1S64AD User s Manual 1B 66336 139676 2 Analog Digital Converter Module Type A1S68AD User s Manual 1B 66576 13J757 3 D A Converter Module Type A1S62DA User s Manual IB 66335 13J673 4 Digital Analog Converter Module Type A1S68DAV DAI User s Manual 1B 66587 132810 5 Thermocouple Input Module A1S68TD User s Manual 1B 66571 13J781 6 Type A68RD3N A4N A1S62RD3N AN Pt100 Input Module User s Manual SH 080193 13JR46 A1S62TCTT S2 Heating Cooling Temperature Control Module 7 A1S62TCTTBW S2 Heating Cooling Temperature Control Module with Wire SH 3643 13JL35 Breakage Detection Function User s Manual A1S62TCRT S2 Heating Cooling Temperature Control Module 8 A1S62TCRTBW S2 Heating Cooling Temperature Control Module with Wire SH 3644 13JL36 Breakage Detection Function User s Manual Temperature Control Module Type A1S64TCTRT Temperature Control 9 Module with Disconnection Detection Function Type A1S64TCTRTBW SH 080549ENG 13JR79 User s Manual A1S64TCRT S1 Temperature Control Module A1S64TCRTBW S1 10 Temperature Control Module with Disconnection Detection Function User s 1 66756 13JL03 Manual A1S64TCTT S1 Temperature Control Module A1S64TCTTBW S1 11 Temperature Control Module with Disconnection Detection Function User s IB 66747 130891 Manual 12 Positioning Module Type A1SD70 User s Manual 1B 66367 13JE04 13 A1SD75M1 M2 M3 AD75M1 M2 M3 Positioning Module User s Manual IB 6
261. x L08258ENG x O L 08046ENG O x L08259ENG x Series Handbook Intelligent Function Modules Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type AnS QnAS L 08048ENG 3 Small Type Series to Series Handbook Network Modules Transition from MELSEC AnS QnAS Small Type Series to L LO8260ENG x O Series Handbook Network Modules Transition from MELSEC A QnA Large Type AnS QnAS M L 08050ENG 4 Small Type Series to Series Handbook Communications Transition from MELSEC AnS QnAS Small Type Series to L Tu L08261ENG x Series Handbook Communications 5 Transition from MELSEC A0J2H Series to Series Handbook L 08060ENG O O T ition fi MELSECNET MINI S3 A2C I O t Link 6 ransition from SEC S3 A2C I O to CC Lin L 08061ENG 7 Transition from MELSEC I OLINK to CC Link LT Handbook L 08062ENG O O Transition of CPUs in MELSEC Redundant System Handbook 8 L 08117ENG Transition from Q4ARCPU to QnPRHCPU 3 Transition examples manual Manual name Manual number A large AnS small App 2 4 Others Manual name Manual number j od large AnS small Procedures for Replacing Positioning Module AD71 with QD75 FA A 0060 oO A Materials can be downloaded from the Mitsubishi Electric FA site Appendix 2 2 AnS series manuals No Manual name Manual number Model code 1 A D Con
262. y details before using this product 1 Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Range If any faults or defects hereinafter Failure found to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the product within the gratis warranty term the product shall be repaired at no cost via the sales representative or Mitsubishi Service Company However if repairs are required onsite at domestic or overseas location expenses to send an engineer will be solely at the customer s discretion Mitsubishi shall not be held responsible for any re commissioning maintenance or testing on site that involves replacement of the failed module Gratis Warranty Term The gratis warranty term of the product shall be for one year after the date of purchase or delivery to a designated place Note that after manufacture and shipment from Mitsubishi the maximum distribution period shall be six 6 months and the longest gratis warranty term after manufacturing shall be eighteen 18 months The gratis warranty term of repair parts shall not exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs Gratis Warranty Range 1 The range shall be limited to normal use within the usage state usage methods and usage environment etc which follow the conditions and precautions etc given in the instruction manual user s manual and caution labels on the product 2 Even within the gratis warranty term repairs shall be charged for in the following cases 1 Failu
263. y ratio 50 100 10KPPS 1 phase 100 50 50 Unit us Counter 1 phase input TM Unit us 10KPPS Minimum phase difference in 2 phase input 254s S 2 phase 9 input 71 71 5 Unit us 2 phase input E i Compari i xci 32 bit signed binary comparison range 9 between CPU module and Commanson a contact Dog ON address lt Count Set value count value n g high speed TE value lt Dog OFF address Set value count value A Two points need to be set counter b contact Dog OFF address lt Count Set value gt count value c amp module value lt Dog ON address Preset Confirm the specifications of an external device because the External input 5 12 24VDC 2 to 5mA A guaranteed input voltage and Function start guaranteed operating current of the external input are different Transistor sink type ASTA output 2 points channel External B 12 24 VDC 0 5A point 2A common Output currents differ output D Transistor Limit switch open collector output 12 24VDC 0 1A point 0 8 Internal current consumption 5VDC 0 35A 0 31A Weight 0 27kg 0 13kg 6 HIGH SPEED COUNTER MODULE REPLACEMENT 2 Comparison between A1SD61 and LCPU built in I O function O Compatible A Partial change required x Incompatible

Transition from MELSEC-AnS/QnAS (Small

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents